{"title":"Shelter","description":"\u003ch1 data-end=\"302\" data-start=\"215\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-end=\"302\" data-start=\"215\"\u003eReliable Outdoor Shelters – Tarps, Tents, Hammocks Bivvies \u0026amp; More\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"\" data-end=\"674\" data-start=\"304\"\u003eExplore our curated selection of \u003cstrong data-end=\"357\" data-start=\"337\"\u003eoutdoor shelters\u003c\/strong\u003e, featuring high-performance \u003cstrong data-end=\"395\" data-start=\"386\"\u003etarps\u003c\/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong data-end=\"406\" data-start=\"397\"\u003etents\u003c\/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong data-end=\"422\" data-start=\"408\"\u003ebivvy bags\u003c\/strong\u003e, and \u003cstrong data-end=\"448\" data-start=\"428\"\u003ehammock shelters\u003c\/strong\u003e built to stand up to the British weather and beyond. Whether you're wild camping in the Highlands, sheltering deep in the woods, or prepping your bushcraft basecamp, this is the kit you can rely on when the elements close in.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"\" data-end=\"1070\" data-start=\"676\"\u003eThis collection includes top-tier gear from trusted brands like \u003cstrong data-end=\"755\" data-start=\"740\"\u003eDD Hammocks\u003c\/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong data-end=\"768\" data-start=\"757\"\u003eSnugpak\u003c\/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong data-end=\"792\" data-start=\"770\"\u003eHighlander Outdoors\u003c\/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003eKombat, EXPED, Robens, Wechsel, Tentbox, \u003c\/strong\u003eand \u003cstrong data-end=\"809\" data-start=\"798\"\u003eBUSHMEN\u003c\/strong\u003e – all chosen for their durability, packability, and proven performance in real outdoor conditions. Every shelter here has been field-tested by the owner of Wylies Outdoor World – a professional product tester who lives and breathes nights outdoors, year-round.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"\" data-end=\"1424\" data-start=\"1072\"\u003eFrom \u003cstrong data-end=\"1106\" data-start=\"1077\"\u003elightweight camping tarps\u003c\/strong\u003e and \u003cstrong data-end=\"1139\" data-start=\"1111\"\u003emodular hammock shelters\u003c\/strong\u003e to \u003cstrong data-end=\"1161\" data-start=\"1143\"\u003erugged bivvies\u003c\/strong\u003e and \u003cstrong data-end=\"1188\" data-start=\"1166\"\u003ecompact solo tents\u003c\/strong\u003e, we’ve got practical options to suit everything from fastpacking missions to longer expeditions. Many items in this collection also work perfectly with our insulation range, making it easy to build a complete, field-ready sleep system.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"\" data-end=\"1725\" data-start=\"1426\"\u003eAs the UK’s only independent outdoor retailer run by a professional product tester, we don’t just sell shelter—we depend on it ourselves. You may find cheaper or faster elsewhere, but our prices reflect a fair and sustainable margin, and every product is here because it works, not because it sells.\u003c\/p\u003e","products":[{"product_id":"kombat-uk-basha","title":"Kombat UK - Basha","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Kombat UK Basha is great for setting up shelters quickly. It is completely versatile with 12 reinforced loops around the edge and brass eyelets at the corners and middle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e12 x reinforced loops around the edge\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBrass eyelets and 3 x reinforced pitch loops\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFully waterproof single coated nylon\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions: 250 x 170cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Kombat UK","offers":[{"title":"BTP","offer_id":20227508240484,"sku":"KU-127","price":26.16,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"DPM","offer_id":29448583676015,"sku":"KU-128","price":26.16,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0028\/5812\/3364\/products\/kombat-uk-kombat-uk---basha-tarps-bashas-wylies-outdoor-world-25377231.jpg?v=1599774487"},{"product_id":"kombat-uk-kids-army-den-kit","title":"Kombat UK Kids Army Den Kit","description":"The set includes one of each of the following items:\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCamouflage Net: Olive Green\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\nThe olive green camouflage net is a 1.5m x 2m camouflage net with mesh rope backing which is very similar to the genuine army net. The net is perfect for a young solider to build a den from.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKids Rucksack 15 Litre: DPM\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\nThe DPM kids rucksack features a front utility pocket with zip and the top lid has a quick-release buckle. The rucksack has a 15 litre capacity and is made from 600D Kodex making it a strong and hard wearing bag for a young adventurous solider. \u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e 2 Colour Camo Cream\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\nThe 2 colour camo cream is a camouflage face paint which will make a small soldier ready for battle.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTent Pegs: 10 Pack\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\nThe tent pegs are supplied in a pack of 10 and are 175mm steel tent pegs which are 3mm thick with large hooks. They are ideal for lightweight tents, bashas and bivis and therefore are perfect for constructing a den.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eParacord: 15m\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe paracord is 3mm x 15m (50ft) and is a must have accessory for a young solider.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e The paracord is suitable for children from 7 years old and parent supervision should be undertaken when necessary.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Kombat UK","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":20229110202468,"sku":"KU-367","price":31.94,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0028\/5812\/3364\/files\/kombatUKKidsArmyDenKit.jpg?v=1734445689"},{"product_id":"dd-superlight-jungle-hammock","title":"DD Superlight Jungle Hammock","description":"\u003ch2\u003eDD Hammocks Superlight Jungle Hammock\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/collections\/dd-hammocks\" title=\"DD Hammocks Collection - Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\"\u003eDD Hammocks\u003c\/a\u003e Superlight Jungle Hammock provides an ultralight, modular shelter system for \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/pages\/hammock-camping\" title=\"Hammock Camping Guide - Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\"\u003ehammock camping\u003c\/a\u003e, adventure cycling, and backpacking. This \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/collections\/hammocks\" title=\"Camping Hammocks - Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\"\u003eultralight hammock\u003c\/a\u003e combines waterproof shelter with integrated mosquito protection in a compact, lightweight package.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eWeighing just 1.6kg complete, the DD Superlight Jungle Hammock offers the versatility of separate components that can be used together or independently, making it ideal for varied outdoor conditions across UK terrain.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTotal Weight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.6kg - complete ultralight shelter system\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHammock Size:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2.7m x 1.4m - comfortable for users up to 6'5\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight Capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 100kg (15.5 stone)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ripstop nylon with waterproof coating\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMosquito Net:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ultra-fine mesh with full zip closure\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWaterproof Rating:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3000mm PU coating\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour:\u003c\/strong\u003e Olive Green\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eModular System Components\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHammock:\u003c\/strong\u003e Single-layer ripstop nylon construction for minimal weight\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIntegrated Mosquito Net:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ultra-fine mesh protects against all insects including Scottish midges\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWaterproof Canopy:\u003c\/strong\u003e Detachable rain cover with 3000mm waterproof rating\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSuspension System:\u003c\/strong\u003e Pre-fitted with DD Superlight suspension kit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpreader Poles:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 x 60cm lightweight poles to maintain net shape\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStorage Pockets:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4 internal pockets for small valuables\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eComplete DD Hammocks Ultralight System\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eCombine the DD Superlight Jungle Hammock with other \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/collections\/dd-hammocks\" title=\"DD Hammocks Collection - Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\"\u003eDD Hammocks\u003c\/a\u003e ultralight products for comprehensive outdoor adventures:\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eEssential DD Ultralight Products\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-superlight-tarp\" title=\"DD Superlight Tarp - Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\"\u003eDD Superlight Tarp\u003c\/a\u003e - Additional weather protection and ground shelter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-underblanket\" title=\"DD Underblanket - Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\"\u003eDD Underblanket\u003c\/a\u003e - Winter insulation for cold weather camping\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/superlight-amsteel-2-5mm-rope-15m\" title=\"DD Superlight Amsteel Rope - Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\"\u003eDD Superlight Amsteel Rope\u003c\/a\u003e - High-strength, lightweight suspension rope\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-tree-huggers\" title=\"DD Tree Huggers - Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\"\u003eDD Tree Huggers\u003c\/a\u003e - Tree protection straps\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDD Jungle Hammock Accessories\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-canopy-for-superlight-jungle-hammock\" title=\"DD Canopy for Superlight Jungle Hammock - Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\"\u003eDD Canopy for Superlight Jungle Hammock\u003c\/a\u003e - Replacement or spare waterproof canopy\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-jungle-hammock-poles-x2\" title=\"DD Jungle Hammock Poles - Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\"\u003eDD Jungle Hammock Poles x2\u003c\/a\u003e - Replacement spreader poles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-mini-karabiners-x-10\" title=\"DD Mini Karabiners - Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\"\u003eDD Mini Karabiners\u003c\/a\u003e - Lightweight attachment hardware\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eVersatile Setup Options\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe modular design allows multiple configuration options:\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eComplete System:\u003c\/strong\u003e Hammock + mosquito net + waterproof canopy for all-weather protection\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFair Weather:\u003c\/strong\u003e Hammock + mosquito net only for warm, dry conditions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGround Shelter:\u003c\/strong\u003e Canopy can be used separately as ultralight tarp shelter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEmergency Shelter:\u003c\/strong\u003e Quick setup for unexpected weather changes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eUltralight Adventure Applications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis hammock system suits adventure cycling, ultralight backpacking, and minimalist camping across UK landscapes. The weight savings and compact pack size make it ideal for:\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLong-distance cycling tours and bikepacking\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUltralight backpacking and thru-hiking\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWild camping in Scottish Highlands and Welsh mountains\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFestival camping and outdoor events\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEmergency shelter for outdoor professionals\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eOther DD Jungle Hammock Options\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-jungle-hammock\" title=\"DD Jungle Hammock - Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\"\u003eDD Jungle Hammock\u003c\/a\u003e - Standard weight version with additional features\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-frontline-hammock\" title=\"DD Frontline Hammock - Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\"\u003eDD Frontline Hammock\u003c\/a\u003e - All-season camping hammock alternative\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-travel-hammock\" title=\"DD Travel Hammock - Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\"\u003eDD Travel Hammock\u003c\/a\u003e - Compact travel option\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eComplete Hammocks Collection\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eBrowse our complete \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/collections\/hammocks\" title=\"Camping Hammocks - Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\"\u003ecamping hammocks collection\u003c\/a\u003e for additional ultralight and standard options from DD Hammocks and other leading outdoor brands.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eComplete DD Hammocks Collection\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eBrowse the complete \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/collections\/dd-hammocks\" title=\"DD Hammocks Collection - Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\"\u003eDD Hammocks collection\u003c\/a\u003e for additional ultralight gear and accessories. Visit our comprehensive \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/pages\/hammock-camping\" title=\"Hammock Camping Guide - Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\"\u003eHammock Camping Collection\u003c\/a\u003e for curated equipment selections for comfortable off-ground camping.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003ePersonal Service and Expert Advice\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/pages\/gear\" title=\"Wylie's Outdoor World Gear - Fife, Scotland, UK\"\u003eWylies Outdoor World's\u003c\/a\u003e owner \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/blogs\/meet-our-team\/meet-drew-wylie\" title=\"Meet Drew Wylie - Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\"\u003eDrew\u003c\/a\u003e has extensive experience with ultralight hammock systems and can provide guidance on modular setup options and weight-saving strategies. For advice on ultralight camping and hammock selection, please \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/pages\/contact-us\" title=\"Contact Us - Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\"\u003econtact us\u003c\/a\u003e - we're here to help optimize your outdoor gear setup.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWhat is the total weight of the complete system?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe DD Superlight Jungle Hammock weighs 1.6kg complete, including hammock, mosquito net, waterproof canopy, spreader poles, and suspension system.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eCan I use the components separately?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the modular design allows you to use the hammock with mosquito net only, or use the waterproof canopy as a separate tarp shelter.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWhat is the weight capacity?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe hammock supports up to 100kg (15.5 stone) and accommodates users up to 6'5\" in height comfortably.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eHow does this compare to the standard DD Jungle Hammock?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Superlight version weighs significantly less and packs smaller, while the standard Jungle Hammock offers additional features and durability for extended use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eIs this suitable for winter camping?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe hammock works in winter when combined with appropriate insulation like the DD Underblanket and suitable sleeping bags rated for cold conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWhat colours are available?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe DD Superlight Jungle Hammock is available in Olive Green to blend with natural woodland environments.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"DD Hammocks","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":20233157181540,"sku":"ddjungle","price":150.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0028\/5812\/3364\/files\/DDHammocksJungleHammockinuse3.webp?v=1739980142"},{"product_id":"dd-superlight-hammock","title":"DD Superlight Hammock","description":"\u003ch2\u003eDD Hammocks Superlight Hammock\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/collections\/dd-hammocks\" title=\"DD Hammocks Collection - Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\"\u003eDD Hammocks\u003c\/a\u003e Superlight Hammock weighs only 270g, making it one of the lightest \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/collections\/hammocks\" title=\"Camping Hammocks - Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\"\u003ecamping hammocks\u003c\/a\u003e available for ultralight backpacking and adventure travel. This \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/pages\/hammock-camping\" title=\"Hammock Camping Guide - Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\"\u003eultralight hammock\u003c\/a\u003e provides comfortable off-ground sleeping without the weight penalty of traditional camping gear.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eDesigned for minimalist adventurers, the DD Superlight Hammock packs down to an incredibly small size while maintaining the comfort and durability needed for outdoor adventures across UK terrain.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 270g - one of the lightest camping hammocks available\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ultra-lightweight ripstop nylon construction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePacked Size:\u003c\/strong\u003e Extremely compact for ultralight backpacking\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAttachment:\u003c\/strong\u003e Reinforced end loops for secure suspension\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e Suitable for standard adult users\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour:\u003c\/strong\u003e Olive Green\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eUltralight Design Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUltra-lightweight ripstop nylon minimizes pack weight\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReinforced end loops provide secure attachment points\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompact stuff sack for minimal pack space\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDurable construction despite minimal weight\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eQuick setup for efficient camp routines\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eComplete DD Hammocks Ultralight System\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eCombine the DD Superlight Hammock with other \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/collections\/dd-hammocks\" title=\"DD Hammocks Collection - Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\"\u003eDD Hammocks\u003c\/a\u003e ultralight products for comprehensive weight-saving outdoor gear:\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eEssential DD Ultralight Products\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-superlight-tarp\" title=\"DD Superlight Tarp - Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\"\u003eDD Superlight Tarp\u003c\/a\u003e - Ultralight weather protection\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-superlight-jungle-hammock\" title=\"DD Superlight Jungle Hammock - Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\"\u003eDD Superlight Jungle Hammock\u003c\/a\u003e - All-in-one ultralight shelter system\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/superlight-amsteel-2-5mm-rope-15m\" title=\"DD Superlight Amsteel Rope - Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\"\u003eDD Superlight Amsteel Rope\u003c\/a\u003e - High-strength, lightweight suspension rope\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-tree-huggers\" title=\"DD Tree Huggers - Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\"\u003eDD Tree Huggers\u003c\/a\u003e - Tree protection straps\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDD Hammocks Accessories\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-hammock-suspension-systems\" title=\"DD Hammock Suspension - Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\"\u003eDD Whoopie Suspension Kit\u003c\/a\u003e - Adjustable hammock suspension\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-mini-karabiners-x-10\" title=\"DD Mini Karabiners - Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\"\u003eDD Mini Karabiners\u003c\/a\u003e - Lightweight attachment hardware\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-superlight-tent-pegs-x6\" title=\"DD Superlight Pegs - Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\"\u003eDD Superlight Pegs\u003c\/a\u003e - Lightweight tent pegs for tarp setup\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSetup and Usage\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe DD Superlight Hammock sets up quickly using the reinforced end loops and your choice of suspension system. For weather protection, pair with the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-superlight-tarp\" title=\"DD Superlight Tarp - Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\"\u003eDD Superlight Tarp\u003c\/a\u003e for complete ultralight shelter.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe minimal weight makes this hammock ideal for long-distance hiking where every gram counts, while maintaining the comfort needed for quality rest during multi-day adventures.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eUltralight Adventure Applications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis hammock suits ultralight backpacking, thru-hiking, and minimalist camping across UK landscapes:\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLong-distance hiking and thru-hiking trails\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUltralight backpacking expeditions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBikepacking and adventure cycling\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMinimalist wild camping in Scottish Highlands\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEmergency shelter and backup sleeping system\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTravel hammock for international adventures\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eOther DD Hammock Options\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-frontline-hammock\" title=\"DD Frontline Hammock - Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\"\u003eDD Frontline Hammock\u003c\/a\u003e - All-season hammock with integrated mosquito net\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-camping-hammock\" title=\"DD Camping Hammock - Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\"\u003eDD Camping Hammock\u003c\/a\u003e - Durable option for regular camping use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-travel-hammock\" title=\"DD Travel Hammock - Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\"\u003eDD Travel Hammock\u003c\/a\u003e - Compact travel option\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eComplete Hammocks Collection\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eBrowse our complete \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/collections\/hammocks\" title=\"Camping Hammocks - Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\"\u003ecamping hammocks collection\u003c\/a\u003e for additional ultralight and standard options from DD Hammocks and other leading outdoor brands.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eComplete DD Hammocks Collection\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eBrowse the complete \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/collections\/dd-hammocks\" title=\"DD Hammocks Collection - Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\"\u003eDD Hammocks collection\u003c\/a\u003e for additional ultralight gear and accessories. Visit our comprehensive \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/pages\/hammock-camping\" title=\"Hammock Camping Guide - Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\"\u003eHammock Camping Collection\u003c\/a\u003e for curated equipment selections for comfortable off-ground camping.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003ePersonal Service and Expert Advice\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/pages\/gear\" title=\"Wylie's Outdoor World Gear - Fife, Scotland, UK\"\u003eWylies Outdoor World's\u003c\/a\u003e owner \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/blogs\/meet-our-team\/meet-drew-wylie\" title=\"Meet Drew Wylie - Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\"\u003eDrew\u003c\/a\u003e has extensive experience with ultralight camping systems and can provide guidance on weight-saving strategies and gear selection. For advice on ultralight camping and hammock systems, please \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/pages\/contact-us\" title=\"Contact Us - Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\"\u003econtact us\u003c\/a\u003e - we're here to help optimize your outdoor gear setup.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eHow much does the DD Superlight Hammock weigh?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe DD Superlight Hammock weighs only 270g, making it one of the lightest camping hammocks available for ultralight backpacking.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWhat is the packed size?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe hammock packs down to an extremely compact size in the included stuff sack, taking minimal space in ultralight backpacks.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDoes this include weather protection?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, the hammock is designed for minimal weight. For weather protection, pair with the DD Superlight Tarp or other ultralight shelter options.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWhat suspension system do I need?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe hammock has reinforced end loops that work with various ultralight suspension systems. Consider the DD Whoopie Suspension Kit or DD Tree Huggers for complete setup.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eHow does this compare to other DD hammocks?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Superlight Hammock prioritizes minimal weight over features. Other DD hammocks like the Frontline include mosquito nets and additional features but weigh more.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eIs this suitable for regular camping?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eWhile functional for any camping, this hammock is optimized for ultralight applications where weight savings are critical. For regular camping, consider the more durable DD Camping Hammock.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"DD Hammocks","offers":[{"title":"Olive Green","offer_id":20233163702372,"sku":"DDSuperlightgreen-1","price":52.5,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Sunset Orange","offer_id":24280232067172,"sku":"DDSuperlightgreen-2","price":52.5,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0028\/5812\/3364\/files\/DDHammocksSuperlightHammockinuse4.webp?v=1739982185"},{"product_id":"dd-travel-hammock-bivi","title":"DD Travel Hammock \/ Bivi","description":"\u003ch2\u003eDD Travel Hammock Bivi - Dual Use Hammock and Ground Shelter\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/collections\/dd-hammocks\" title=\"DD Hammocks for sale Fife Scotland UK\"\u003eDD Travel Hammock Bivi\u003c\/a\u003e weighs 930g and works both suspended as a hammock and on the ground as a bivi shelter. The double-layered design includes a built-in mosquito net and waterproof floor layers. With pre-fitted webbing and spreader poles included, this versatile system suits users with any level of hammock camping experience.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWaterproof Hammock for Ground and Tree Camping\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe waterproof base layers make this hammock ready to deploy on the ground as a bivi when trees aren't available. Backpackers and long-distance hikers appreciate this flexibility when campsites turn out to be tree-free. The 2.7m x 1.4m size accommodates users up to 6ft 5in and 125kg comfortably. The double-layered design with velcro tab closure lets you insert a partially-inflated Thermarest between layers for insulation in cooler weather.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHammock with Built-in Mosquito Net Protection\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe ultra-fine mesh mosquito net zips closed for 100% bug protection against all insects. Two double-sided zippers allow easy open and close from inside or outside. You can unzip both sides and roll up the net to secure it out of the way, or suspend the hammock with the net on the bottom to lounge in the sun. The foldable lightweight spreader poles and elastic keep the net properly positioned.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eComplete Hammock Camping System\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis hammock comes pre-fitted with 10m of strong suspension webbing (5m each end), eliminating the need to purchase separate suspension systems. Four internal pockets store small valuables, while two internal hanging loops hold torches and glasses. Four tabs on each corner of the base allow you to peg out the hammock, suspend equipment, or fit a DD Underblanket for cold weather camping.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eVersatile Camping Shelter for UK Adventures\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eAvailable in Coyote Brown and Olive Green, this hammock handles the varied conditions found across UK camping destinations. From Scottish Highland wild camping to English woodland adventures, the waterproof floor and mosquito protection work reliably. The dual-use capability means you're prepared whether you find trees for suspension or need ground-based shelter.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eNote: Some Travel Hammock users may experience mild condensation due to the waterproof floor. The \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-hammocks-frontline-hammock\" title=\"DD Frontline Hammock for sale Fife Scotland UK\"\u003eDD Frontline Hammock\u003c\/a\u003e offers the same design without the waterproof base layer if condensation is a concern.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eComplete Your Hammock Camping Setup\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eEssential Hammock Camping Equipment\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/pages\/hammock-camping\" title=\"Hammock camping guide and equipment Fife Scotland UK\"\u003eComplete guide to hammock camping techniques and equipment\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/collections\/hammocks\" title=\"Hammocks for sale Fife Scotland UK\"\u003eBrowse complete hammock selection for all camping styles\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/collections\/hammock-suspension-accessories\" title=\"Hammock suspension accessories Fife Scotland UK\"\u003eHammock suspension systems and accessories\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch4\u003eRecommended DD Hammock Accessories\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-hammocks-tarp-3x3\" title=\"DD 3x3 Tarp for hammock camping Fife Scotland UK\"\u003eDD 3x3 Tarp for weather protection and versatile shelter configurations\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-hammock-sleeves\" title=\"DD Hammock Sleeves for insulation Fife Scotland UK\"\u003eDD Hammock Sleeves for additional insulation and comfort\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/amsteel-2-5mm-rope-superlight\" title=\"Superlight Amsteel Rope for hammock rigging Fife Scotland UK\"\u003eSuperlight Amsteel Rope for advanced hammock rigging setups\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-dd-mini-karabiners-x-10\" title=\"DD Mini Karabiners for hammock setup Fife Scotland UK\"\u003eDD Mini Karabiners for secure hammock and tarp connections\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-hammock-suspension-systems\" title=\"DD Hammock Suspension Systems Fife Scotland UK\"\u003eDD Hammock Suspension Systems for tree-friendly setup\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSize: 2.7m x 1.4mWeight: 930g (hammock only)User Capacity: Up to 6ft 5in height and 125kg weightColors: Coyote Brown, Olive GreenMaterials: Double-layered fabric with waterproof floorMosquito Net: Ultra-fine mesh with dual zippersSuspension: Pre-fitted 10m webbing (5m each end)Includes: Spreader poles, elastic, stuff sack\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eBuilt for UK Hammock Camping\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis hammock excels in UK conditions where weather can change quickly and camping spots vary from dense woodlands to open moorlands. The waterproof floor handles the damp ground common in British camping, while the mosquito net provides protection during summer months. Whether you're wild camping in Scotland or exploring English forests, this dual-use system adapts to available terrain.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003ePersonal Service Available\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/pages\/gear\" title=\"Outdoor equipment specialists Fife Scotland UK\"\u003eWylie's Outdoor World\u003c\/a\u003e owner \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/blogs\/meet-our-team\/meet-drew-wylie\" title=\"Meet Drew Wylie outdoor equipment specialist Fife Scotland UK\"\u003eDrew\u003c\/a\u003e has tested this specific DD Travel Hammock Bivi several nights a week for extended periods across multiple seasons, including some of the worst weather the UK has offered over the last 10 years. This extensive real-world testing experience covers everything from Scottish Highland storms to English woodland conditions, providing genuine insights into how this hammock performs in actual use. For advice on hammock selection based on years of hands-on testing experience, \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/pages\/contact-us\" title=\"Contact outdoor equipment specialists Fife Scotland UK\"\u003econtact us\u003c\/a\u003e for guidance you can trust.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eCan this be used on the ground as well as suspended?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the waterproof base layers make it ready to deploy on the ground as a bivi when trees aren't available.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWhat size person does this accommodate?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eDesigned for users up to 6ft 5in height and 125kg weight while maintaining comfort.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eIs the mosquito net removable?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe net is built-in but can be unzipped and rolled up to secure out of the way when not needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDoes it come with suspension?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, pre-fitted with 10m of strong suspension webbing (5m each end) - no additional suspension needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWill I get condensation with the waterproof floor?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eSome users may experience mild condensation. The DD Frontline Hammock offers the same design without waterproof base if this is a concern.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWhat colors are available?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eAvailable in Coyote Brown and Olive Green to suit different environments and preferences.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eCan I add insulation for cold weather?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the double-layered design with velcro closure allows you to insert a partially-inflated sleeping pad between layers.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"DD Hammocks","offers":[{"title":"Olive Green","offer_id":20233179529316,"sku":"DDTRA-OG","price":57.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Coyote Brown","offer_id":24062272766052,"sku":"DDTRA-CB","price":57.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0028\/5812\/3364\/files\/DDHammocksTravelHammockbivi.webp?v=1739903192"},{"product_id":"dd-camping-hammock","title":"DD Camping Hammock","description":"\u003cdiv\u003eThe DD Hammocks DD Camping Hammock is lightweight and durable and suits a range of uses from leisure to wild camping. The DD Hammocks Camping Hammock also benefits from two zip-open layers, for you to put either a Thermarest between or yourself.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eYou have the option to use it alone or add rain protection with a tarp. We at Wylies Outdoor World recommend using the \u003cspan style=\"color: #3d85c6;\"\u003e\u003ca style=\"color: #3d85c6;\" title=\"Hammock Suspension \u0026amp; Accessories\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/collections\/hammock-suspension-accessories\/\"\u003eHammock Suspension \u0026amp; Accessories\u003c\/a\u003e \u003c\/span\u003ewith whatever hammock you choose to buy. \u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSimple yet effective:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eIf you are thinking about starting out camping or maybe just wanting a change from the way you are already camping the DD Camping Hammock is a great way to start. It is an inexpensive hammock but that doesn't mean it won't do the job properly. For a good quality night sleep and for a little added protection against cold weather, slip a sleeping mat or a blanket between the layers. \u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eNote: This hammock is not waterproof.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSize: 2.7m x 1.4m\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for up to 6ft 5in and 125kg \/ 19 Stone\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eColour: Olive Green\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight: 650g (hammock only)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIncludes: Camping hammock, webbing (10m), stuff sack.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFeatures:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBreathable, zippered double-layer design – lie between the layers to cocoon yourself, or insert a partially-inflated Thermarest or camping mat between the layers in cooler weather\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTwo double-sided zippers on the same zip line, for easy open and close\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePre-fitted with 10m of strong suspension webbing (5m each end)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"display: inline !important;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended Accessories:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #00aaff;\"\u003e\u003ca style=\"color: #00aaff;\" title=\"Tarp 3x3\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-hammocks-tarp-3x3\"\u003eDD Tarp 3x3\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #00aaff;\"\u003e\u003ca rel=\"noopener noreferrer\" style=\"color: #00aaff;\" title=\"DD Hammock Sleeves\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-hammock-sleeves?_pos=1\u0026amp;_sid=13cdac80c\u0026amp;_ss=r\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eDD Hammock Sleeve\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #00aaff;\"\u003e\u003ca rel=\"noopener noreferrer\" style=\"color: #00aaff;\" title=\"DD Superlight Amsteel Rope\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/amsteel-2-5mm-rope-superlight?_pos=1\u0026amp;_sid=872f64e85\u0026amp;_ss=r\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eSuperlight Amsteel Rope\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #00aaff;\"\u003e\u003ca rel=\"noopener noreferrer\" style=\"color: #00aaff;\" title=\"DD Mini Karabiners\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-dd-mini-karabiners-x-10?_pos=1\u0026amp;_sid=6fc7d0af2\u0026amp;_ss=r\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eDD Mini Karabiners\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #00aaff;\"\u003e\u003ca rel=\"noopener noreferrer\" style=\"color: #00aaff;\" title=\"DD Hammock Suspension System\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-hammock-suspension-systems?_pos=1\u0026amp;_sid=d5aceb5d7\u0026amp;_ss=r\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eDD Hammock Suspension System\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #00aaff;\"\u003e\u003ca rel=\"noopener noreferrer\" style=\"color: #00aaff;\" title=\"Hammock Suspension \u0026amp; Accessories\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/collections\/hammock-suspension-accessories\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eHammock Suspension \u0026amp; Accessories\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"DD Hammocks","offers":[{"title":"Olive Green","offer_id":54882243936642,"sku":"campinggreen","price":30.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Multicam","offer_id":54974749999490,"sku":"campingMULTI","price":30.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0028\/5812\/3364\/files\/DDCampingHammockinuse-Multicam4.webp?v=1739990892"},{"product_id":"dd-tarp-3x3","title":"DD Tarp 3x3","description":"\u003ch2\u003eDD Hammocks DD Tarp 3x3 Waterproof Camping Tarp for Hammock and Bushcraft\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/collections\/dd-hammocks\" title=\"DD Hammocks Collection, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\"\u003eDD Hammocks\u003c\/a\u003e Tarp 3x3 provides waterproof shelter for \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/pages\/hammock-camping\" title=\"hammock camping equipment and complete setups, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\"\u003ehammock camping\u003c\/a\u003e and bushcraft with 19 reinforced attachment points for versatile setup configurations. This 3 metre square tarp weighs 790g and packs to 24x14x4cm, made from 190T polyester with 3000mm waterproof PU coating. Available in 7 colours including Olive Green, Coyote Brown, Black, Sunset Orange, Multicam, Forest Green, and Winter Multicam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIMPORTANT: This tarp does NOT include a ridgeline. Purchase ridgelines separately from our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/collections\/tarp-suspension-accessories\" title=\"tarp suspension accessories for hammock camping, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\"\u003etarp suspension accessories\u003c\/a\u003e collection.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDD Tarp 3x3 Model Comparison Table\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDD Hammocks offers four 3x3 tarp versions suited for different camping needs. This comparison helps you choose the right tarp for your specific requirements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFeature\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStandard 3x3 (This Product)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-tarp-3x3-pro\" title=\"DD Tarp 3x3 PRO, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\"\u003e3x3 PRO\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-tarp-3x3-uv50\" title=\"DD Tarp 3x3 UV50 Plus, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\"\u003e3x3 UV50 Plus\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAttachment Points\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e19 reinforced points\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e21 points plus 16 eyelets\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e19 reinforced points\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e790g\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e875g\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e790g\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecial Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStandard configuration\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePress studs for enclosing shelter, connecting tarps\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUV50 Plus protection blocks 98% UVA and UVB\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBest For\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGeneral hammock camping and bushcraft\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdvanced setups and extreme weather\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSummer camping and hot climates\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eColours Available\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7 options\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 options (Olive Green, Multicam)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 option (Bancha Green)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePrice Point\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMost affordable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMid range\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMid range\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended For\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMost users, best all-round choice\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eExperienced users wanting maximum versatility\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTropical travel and beach camping\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe standard DD Tarp 3x3 is the most popular and universally suited option, offering the best balance of features, weight, and price for general outdoor use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDD Tarp 3x3 19 Attachment Points for Versatile Shelter Setups\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 19 reinforced attachment points include 16 around the sides and corners, plus 3 along the centre ridgeline. These attachment points enable multiple shelter configurations suited for different weather conditions and camping situations. The attachment points use reinforced fabric patches to handle the stress of guy lines and stakes without tearing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe three centre ridgeline points allow asymmetric pitches where you position the ridgeline off-centre to create different shelter shapes. This flexibility lets you adapt the tarp setup to available trees, terrain features, and weather conditions without being locked into symmetrical configurations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDD Tarp 3x3 Shelter Setup Configurations\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 19 attachment points enable these shelter configurations for different weather conditions and camping situations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eA Frame Setup for Balanced Rain and Wind Protection\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRun a ridgeline between two trees or use \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/collections\/tarp-suspension-accessories\" title=\"tarp poles for hammock camping shelters, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\"\u003etarp poles\u003c\/a\u003e. Drape the tarp over the ridgeline with one third on one side and two thirds on the other. Fold the longer side to create a floor and stake the edges to the ground. Adjust the tension and peg out the corners for stability. This setup provides good airflow while protecting against rain and wind from multiple directions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eLean To Setup for Quick Shelter and Fire Reflection\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSecure one edge of the tarp to a high point like a ridgeline or tree limb. Stake the opposite side to the ground creating a sloped roof. Position the shelter to block wind with space to build a fire in front. The angled tarp reflects heat from the fire back into the shelter, making this setup effective for cold weather camping. This is the quickest setup when you need shelter fast.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003ePlow Point Setup for Wind Resistant Shelter\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSecure one corner of the tarp high on a tree or with a pole. Stake the opposite corner to the ground. Use additional stakes and guylines to stabilize the sides. This fast setup creates a pointed, wind-resistant structure with a smaller footprint suitable for exposed locations where wind comes from a consistent direction.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eFlying Wedge Setup for Heavy Rain Protection\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSet up one side high using a tree or pole. Run the other side low to the ground. The steep slope sheds torrential rain effectively. Ensure the slope directs water away from your sleeping area to prevent pooling underneath the shelter. This low-profile setup also handles strong winds better than taller configurations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDiamond Setup for Hammock Camping\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePosition the tarp diagonally over your \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/collections\/hammocks\" title=\"camping hammocks for wild camping and bushcraft, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\"\u003ehammock\u003c\/a\u003e with corners pointing fore and aft. This configuration provides coverage along the hammock length while shedding rain to the sides. The diamond setup works well in wooded areas where trees are not perfectly aligned for an A-frame pitch.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eGround Tarp Setup for Tent Floor Protection\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLay the tarp flat and stake out all four corners to create a clean, dry floor. Use this configuration as a protective ground cloth underneath a tent to prevent wear and add insulation, or as a simple base for sleeping when combined with a sleeping mat and bivvy bag.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eAdditional Uses for DD Tarp 3x3\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAngle the tarp to direct rainwater into a container for water collection in camp. Use the tarp as a flysheet draped over a tent or shelter to add extra waterproofing and wind protection. Create a covered cooking and gear storage area at base camp by setting up the tarp as a porch extension to your main shelter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDD Tarp 3x3 Waterproof 3000mm PU Coating\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 190T polyester fabric carries a 3000mm waterproof PU coating with taped central seam. This waterproof rating handles heavy downpours and prolonged rain common in UK camping conditions. The taped seam prevents water penetration along the centre ridgeline where two fabric panels join, eliminating a common failure point in cheaper tarps.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAll DD tarps remain 100% waterproof even in the heaviest storms. The 3000mm rating exceeds the waterproof standard required for UK camping, where sustained rainfall tests tarp performance more than brief showers in drier climates. The polyester fabric maintains its waterproof properties over years of use when properly cared for.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDD Tarp 3x3 Available in 7 Colour Options\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eOlive Green\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNatural colour that blends into UK woodland environments without standing out. Suitable for most camping situations where you want your shelter to blend with the surroundings. The most popular colour choice for general bushcraft and wild camping.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eCoyote Brown\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEarth tone that works well in open moorland, autumn woodland, and varied terrain types. The neutral brown colour provides versatility across different environments and seasons. Less common than Olive Green but equally effective for blending into natural settings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eBlack\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAbsorbs heat from sunlight, making it warmer in cold conditions. Works well for urban camping and stealth setups where dark colours blend with man-made structures. Shows dirt less than lighter colours but can feel warmer in summer sun.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eSunset Orange\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHigh visibility colour for emergency signaling and situations where you want your shelter to be easily located. Useful for group camping where you need to find your shelter quickly, or for safety in areas where visibility matters. Stands out in natural settings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eMulticam\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDD Hammocks' own camouflage pattern designed to blend into UK woodlands. Provides visual concealment across varied landscapes. The Multicam pattern costs more due to specialized printing and pattern licensing. Choose this if visual concealment is important for your camping style.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eForest Green\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDarker green shade that matches deep woodland and coniferous forests. Blends well in UK forest environments for low-impact camping. Similar to Olive Green but with a deeper, richer tone that works particularly well in dense woodland.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWinter Multicam\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDD Hammocks' own winter camouflage pattern designed for snowy conditions. Provides visual concealment when you want to stay hidden from sight at a distance in winter environments. Winter Multicam costs more due to specialized printing. Choose this for winter hammock camping in snow-covered landscapes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDD Tarp 3x3 Specifications and Pack Size\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSize\u003c\/strong\u003e - 3 metres x 3 metres\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e - 790g excluding pegs and guy lines\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePacked Size\u003c\/strong\u003e - 24cm x 14cm x 4cm approximately\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e - 190T polyester with 3000mm PU waterproof coating\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeams\u003c\/strong\u003e - Taped central seam\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAttachment Points\u003c\/strong\u003e - 19 reinforced points (16 sides and corners, 3 along centre ridgeline)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColours\u003c\/strong\u003e - Olive Green, Coyote Brown, Black, Sunset Orange, Multicam, Forest Green, Winter Multicam\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIncluded\u003c\/strong\u003e - 4 pegs and guy lines in separate bag, stuff sack with drawcord\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNOT Included\u003c\/strong\u003e - Ridgeline (sold separately)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDD Tarp 3x3 Size Suitable for Solo Hammock Camping and Bushcraft\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 3x3 metre size provides coverage for one person and their gear in most hammock camping configurations. When set up as an A-frame or diamond over a hammock, the 3 metre width covers the hammock with space on each side to keep rain off. The 3 metre length provides coverage from head to foot with room for a small pack or boots at one end.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor ground dwelling setups, the 3x3 size works for one person with gear stored inside the shelter. Two people can fit under a 3x3 tarp in emergency situations, but the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-tarp-4x4\" title=\"DD Tarp 4x4, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\"\u003eDD Tarp 4x4\u003c\/a\u003e size provides more comfortable space for two people or one person with extensive gear spread out.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDD Tarp 3x3 Complementary Equipment for Complete Shelter System\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePair this tarp with \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/collections\/hammock-suspension-accessories\" title=\"hammock suspension accessories for secure tree attachment, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\"\u003ehammock suspension accessories\u003c\/a\u003e to create a complete hammock camping setup. A ridgeline rope suspends the tarp between trees, with DD Cord or DD Superlight Amsteel Rope providing the strength needed without stretching like paracord.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor cold weather hammock camping, add a \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/collections\/hammock-quilts-under-blankets\" title=\"hammock quilts and underblankets for insulation, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\"\u003ehammock underblanket or quilt\u003c\/a\u003e to insulate underneath and around your body. The tarp provides rain and wind protection while the insulation maintains warmth. DD Superlight Tent Pegs work well for staking out the tarp in softer ground, while DD Tarp Poles enable setups where trees are not available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat DD Tarp 3x3 Standard Does Best\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe DD Tarp 3x3 Standard excels as the most versatile and universally suited option in the 3x3 range. The 19 attachment points provide enough setup options for most camping situations without the added weight and complexity of the PRO version. The 790g weight keeps pack weight reasonable for solo camping and backpacking. The 3000mm waterproof coating handles UK rain conditions reliably, and the 7 colour options let you choose the right colour for your camping environment and style.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDD Tarp 3x3 Standard Limitations to Consider\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 3x3 size provides adequate coverage for solo camping but feels tight for two people or one person with extensive gear. Taller users over 6 feet may find the 3 metre length leaves little room for gear storage at the ends when using hammock setups. The 790g weight is heavier than ultralight tarps like the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/collections\/dd-tarps\" title=\"DD Superlight Tarp, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\"\u003eDD Superlight Tarp\u003c\/a\u003e, making the standard 3x3 less suitable for ultralight backpacking where every gram matters.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe tarp fabric is not fire resistant. Sparks from campfires can burn holes in the material, so maintain safe distance between fires and the tarp. The tarp does not include a ridgeline, so you must purchase suspension equipment separately to set up the shelter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Care for DD Tarp 3x3 Waterproof Camping Tarp\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShake off dirt and debris after each use before packing the tarp away. Allow the tarp to dry completely before long term storage to prevent mildew growth on the fabric. If the tarp gets muddy, rinse it with clean water and hang it to dry before packing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInspect the attachment points and seams regularly for wear or damage. The reinforced attachment points handle significant stress during setup, but check for any tearing or separation from the main fabric. Store the tarp loosely rolled or hung rather than compressed tightly for extended periods, as this maintains the waterproof coating effectiveness.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAvoid setting up campfires directly under the tarp or too close to the edges. The polyester fabric melts and burns when exposed to sparks or direct flame. Position fires at safe distances and consider wind direction to prevent sparks blowing onto the tarp material.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDD Tarp 3x3 Advice from Wylies Outdoor World Fife Scotland\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/pages\/gear\" title=\"Outdoor Gear and Equipment, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\"\u003eWylies Outdoor World's\u003c\/a\u003e owner \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/blogs\/meet-our-team\/meet-drew-wylie\" title=\"Meet Drew Wylie, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\"\u003eDrew\u003c\/a\u003e has personally tested every DD Hammocks product over almost a decade, using them 4 nights a week in the best and worst weather the UK has to offer. This extensive field testing provides real-world knowledge of how DD tarps perform in actual camping conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eQuestions about choosing between the standard 3x3, PRO, or UV50 Plus versions? Need advice on tarp setup configurations for specific weather conditions or camping situations? \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/pages\/contact-us\" title=\"Contact Wylies Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\"\u003eContact us\u003c\/a\u003e for guidance based on years of hands-on experience with DD Hammocks equipment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDD Tarp 3x3 Frequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhich 3x3 tarp version should I choose?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose the standard 3x3 for general hammock camping and bushcraft - it offers the best balance of features, weight, and price for most users. Choose the PRO if you want maximum setup versatility with extra attachment points and press studs. Choose the UV50 Plus for summer camping and hot climates where UV protection matters.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eIs the DD Tarp 3x3 truly waterproof?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the 190T polyester fabric has a 3000mm waterproof PU coating with taped central seam. This rating handles heavy downpours and prolonged rain. All DD tarps remain 100% waterproof even in the heaviest storms based on extensive field testing in UK weather conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhich setup configuration works best for different weather?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse the A-frame setup for balanced protection against rain and wind with good airflow. The lean-to works well for quick setup with fire reflection in cold weather. The plow point provides wind resistance in exposed locations. The flying wedge sheds heavy rain effectively. The diamond setup works well for hammock camping. Choose your setup based on expected weather conditions and available anchor points.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eCan the 3x3 size work for two people?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTwo people can fit under a 3x3 tarp in emergency situations, but the space feels tight with gear. The \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-tarp-4x4\" title=\"DD Tarp 4x4, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\"\u003eDD Tarp 4x4\u003c\/a\u003e size provides more comfortable coverage for two people or one person with extensive gear. The 3x3 works best for solo camping with room for one person and their equipment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhich colour should I choose?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOlive Green and Forest Green blend into UK woodland for most camping situations. Coyote Brown works well in open moorland and varied terrain. Black absorbs heat and works for urban camping. Sunset Orange provides high visibility for safety and emergency signaling. Multicam provides visual concealment using DD Hammocks' specialized camouflage pattern. Winter Multicam provides visual concealment in snowy conditions when you want to stay hidden from sight at a distance. Both Multicam patterns cost more due to specialized printing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDoes the tarp come with a ridgeline?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo DD tarps include a ridgeline. You need to purchase ridgeline rope separately from our tarp suspension accessories collection. DD Cord or DD Superlight Amsteel Rope work well as they provide strength without stretching like paracord. The tarp includes 4 pegs and guy lines in a separate bag, plus a stuff sack.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eHow does the standard 3x3 compare to the DD Superlight Tarp?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe standard DD Tarp 3x3 weighs 790g and uses durable 190T polyester fabric. The \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/collections\/dd-tarps\" title=\"DD Superlight Tarp, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\"\u003eDD Superlight Tarp\u003c\/a\u003e weighs significantly less using thinner fabric, making it better for ultralight backpacking where weight matters most. The heavier standard version provides more durability for regular use and rough conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eCan I use this tarp for hammock camping and ground dwelling?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the DD Tarp 3x3 works for both hammock coverage and ground-based shelters. The 19 attachment points enable configurations suited for suspending over a hammock or creating ground dwelling setups like A-frames, lean-tos, and enclosed shelters.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eIs the tarp fire resistant?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo, the polyester fabric is not fire resistant. Sparks from campfires can burn holes in the material. Maintain safe distance between fires and the tarp, and consider wind direction to prevent sparks blowing onto the fabric.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eHow many attachment points does the standard have compared to the PRO?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe standard 3x3 has 19 reinforced attachment points (16 around sides and corners, 3 along centre ridgeline). The PRO has 21 attachment points plus 16 additional eyelets and a press stud system for enclosing the shelter or connecting multiple tarps.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat suspension equipment do I need to buy separately?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAt minimum, you need a ridgeline (DD Cord or DD Superlight Amsteel Rope) and tree protection straps. For advanced setups, consider DD Fixed Loops for adjustable attachments, additional guy lines for storm-worthy configurations, and DD Tarp Poles for setups where trees are not available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eHow does the 3x3 compare to the 3.5x3.5 and 4x4 sizes?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 3x3 at 790g is the lightest option for solo camping. The \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-tarp-3-5-x-3-5\" title=\"DD Tarp 3.5 x 3.5, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\"\u003e3.5x3.5\u003c\/a\u003e at 1050g provides more coverage for solo with extra gear or XL hammocks. The \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-tarp-4x4\" title=\"DD Tarp 4x4, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\"\u003e4x4\u003c\/a\u003e at 1290g works best for two person camping or group shelters. Choose based on your typical camping style and whether you camp solo or with others.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"DD Hammocks","offers":[{"title":"Olive Green","offer_id":20233208856676,"sku":"9657964","price":37.97,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Coyote Brown","offer_id":20233209020516,"sku":"ddtarps3x3-Coyote Brown","price":37.97,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black","offer_id":20233208954980,"sku":"ddtarps3x3-Black","price":37.97,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Orange","offer_id":20233209184356,"sku":"ddtarps3x3-Sunset Orange","price":37.97,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false},{"title":"Multicam","offer_id":23525404180580,"sku":"ddtarps3x3-MC","price":46.41,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Winter Multicam","offer_id":56017723883906,"sku":"987687586","price":48.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Forrest Green","offer_id":54893907018114,"sku":"ddtarp3x3forrestgreen","price":37.97,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0028\/5812\/3364\/files\/DDHammocks3x3Tarpinuse1.webp?v=1739581356"},{"product_id":"dd-superlight-tarp","title":"DD Superlight Tarp","description":"\u003ch2\u003eDD Superlight Tarp 510g Ultralight Camping Tarp for Hammock and Backpacking\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003ca title=\"DD Hammocks Collection, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/collections\/dd-hammocks\"\u003eDD Hammocks\u003c\/a\u003e Superlight Tarp weighs only 510g and packs to half the size of the \u003ca title=\"DD Tarp 3x3 Standard, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-tarp-3x3\"\u003estandard 3x3 tarp\u003c\/a\u003e, making it the lightest option in the DD tarp range. This 2.9m x 3m ultralight tarp provides coverage for solo \u003ca title=\"hammock camping equipment and complete setups, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/pages\/hammock-camping\"\u003ehammock camping\u003c\/a\u003e and backpacking. Made from 20D ripstop nylon with silicone coating and 3000mm waterproof rating. Available in Olive Green, Coyote Brown, or Sunset Orange.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIMPORTANT: This tarp does NOT include a ridgeline. Purchase ridgelines separately from our \u003ca title=\"tarp suspension accessories for hammock camping, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/collections\/tarp-suspension-accessories\"\u003etarp suspension accessories\u003c\/a\u003e collection.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDD Superlight Tarp Weight 510g Half the Weight of Standard 3x3\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Superlight Tarp weighs 510g compared to 790g for the standard 3x3 tarp, a 280g weight saving that makes a significant difference on long-distance hikes and ultralight backpacking trips. The packed size is approximately 20cm x 15cm, half the volume of the standard 3x3, fitting easily in ultralight backpacks without taking up valuable pack space.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 20D ripstop nylon construction with silicone coating provides the weight savings while maintaining 3000mm waterproof protection. The lighter fabric packs down smaller and is less prone to folding damage over time compared to heavier polyester tarps, making it better suited for regular packing and unpacking on extended trips.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDD Superlight Tarp Drew's Personal Favorite from Almost a Decade of Testing\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ca title=\"Outdoor Gear and Equipment, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/pages\/gear\"\u003eWylies Outdoor World's\u003c\/a\u003e owner \u003ca title=\"Meet Drew Wylie, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/blogs\/meet-our-team\/meet-drew-wylie\"\u003eDrew\u003c\/a\u003e has personally tested every DD Hammocks product over almost a decade, using them 4 nights a week in the best and worst weather the UK has to offer. The DD Superlight Tarp is Drew's personal favorite from the entire DD tarp range because the packed size and weight make it practical for extended trips where every gram matters.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eMany of the product images shown are from Drew's own adventures using the Superlight Tarp in UK conditions. This extensive real-world testing provides confidence that the tarp performs reliably despite its ultralight construction. The weight savings allow for longer trips without compromising weather protection, making it the go-to choice for serious ultralight backpacking.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDD Superlight Tarp Size 2.9m x 3m for Solo Hammock Camping\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 2.9m x 3m size provides coverage for one person and gear in hammock camping setups. The slightly smaller dimensions compared to the 3x3 (which measures 3m x 3m) contribute to the weight savings while still providing adequate coverage for solo use. When set up as a diamond or A-frame over a hammock, the Superlight Tarp keeps rain off with minimal excess material.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor solo backpacking where you want the lightest possible setup, the Superlight Tarp provides the right balance between coverage and weight. Taller users or those carrying extensive gear may prefer the \u003ca title=\"DD Superlight Tarp XL for additional coverage, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-superlight-tarp-xl\"\u003eDD Superlight Tarp XL\u003c\/a\u003e which offers additional coverage while maintaining ultralight construction.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDD Superlight Tarp 20D Ripstop Nylon Lighter and Packs Smaller\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 20D ripstop nylon fabric provides significant weight savings compared to the 190T polyester used in standard tarps. The ripstop construction prevents small tears from spreading, important for ultralight fabrics. The silicone coating provides 3000mm waterproof protection while remaining lighter than PU coatings used on standard tarps.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 20D fabric packs down to a smaller size than heavier polyester tarps, taking up less space in your pack. The fabric is also less prone to folding damage over time compared to polyester, making it better suited for regular packing and unpacking on extended trips. The lighter fabric requires more care to avoid punctures from sharp rocks and sticks, so clear your camping area thoroughly before setup.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDD Superlight Tarp 19 Attachment Points for Versatile Setups\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 19 reinforced attachment points provide the same setup versatility as heavier DD tarps. The attachment points use reinforced fabric loops that handle the stress of guy lines and stakes without tearing. These points enable A-frame, diamond, lean-to, and other configurations suited for different weather conditions and terrain.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe attachment points are positioned identically to the standard 3x3 tarp, so setup techniques and configurations transfer directly between the two tarps. This makes it easy to switch between the Superlight for weight-conscious trips and the standard 3x3 when you prefer heavier fabric.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDD Superlight Tarp Available in Three Colour Options\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eOlive Green provides natural colour that blends into UK woodland environments. Coyote Brown works well in open moorland and varied terrain. Sunset Orange provides high visibility for safety and emergency signaling, useful when camping in areas where visibility matters or for group trips where you need to locate your shelter quickly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDD Superlight Tarp Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSize\u003c\/strong\u003e - 2.9 metres x 3 metres\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e - 510g excluding pegs and guy lines\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight Saving\u003c\/strong\u003e - 280g lighter than standard 3x3 (790g)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePacked Size\u003c\/strong\u003e - Approximately 20cm x 15cm (half the volume of standard 3x3)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e - 20D ripstop nylon with silicone coating\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWaterproof Rating\u003c\/strong\u003e - 3000mm hydrostatic head\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeams\u003c\/strong\u003e - Taped seams\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAttachment Points\u003c\/strong\u003e - 19 reinforced loops\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColours\u003c\/strong\u003e - Olive Green, Coyote Brown, Sunset Orange\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIncluded\u003c\/strong\u003e - Stuff sack with drawcord\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNOT Included\u003c\/strong\u003e - Ridgeline, pegs, guy lines (sold separately)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhen to Choose DD Superlight Tarp Over Standard Tarps\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eChoose the Superlight Tarp when pack weight and volume matter more than maximum coverage. The 510g weight and compact pack size make it the right choice for long-distance hiking, thru-hiking, bikepacking, and ultralight backpacking where every gram affects your performance and comfort over multiple days.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eChoose the Superlight Tarp when you prioritize low weight for solo camping. The weight savings of 280g compared to the standard 3x3 adds up significantly when combined with other ultralight gear choices.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eChoose the \u003ca title=\"DD Superlight Tarp XL for additional coverage, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-superlight-tarp-xl\"\u003eDD Superlight Tarp XL\u003c\/a\u003e if you need additional coverage while maintaining ultralight construction. Choose the \u003ca title=\"DD Tarp 3x3 Standard, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-tarp-3x3\"\u003estandard 3x3\u003c\/a\u003e if you prefer heavier polyester fabric, or the \u003ca title=\"DD Tarp 3.5 x 3.5, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-tarp-3-5-x-3-5\"\u003e3.5 x 3.5\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca title=\"DD Tarp 4x4, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-tarp-4x4\"\u003e4x4\u003c\/a\u003e for more coverage.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDD Superlight Tarp Complementary Ultralight Equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003ePair this tarp with ultralight \u003ca title=\"hammock suspension accessories for secure tree attachment, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/collections\/hammock-suspension-accessories\"\u003ehammock suspension accessories\u003c\/a\u003e like DD Superlight Amsteel Rope for ridgelines. Use DD Superlight Pegs for staking out the tarp in softer ground. For complete ultralight hammock camping setups, combine with ultralight \u003ca title=\"camping hammocks for wild camping and bushcraft, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/collections\/hammocks\"\u003ehammocks\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca title=\"hammock quilts and underblankets for insulation, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/collections\/hammock-quilts-under-blankets\"\u003ehammock quilts\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDD Superlight Tarp Limitations to Consider\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 20D ripstop nylon fabric requires more care to avoid punctures from sharp rocks, sticks, and rough ground compared to heavier polyester tarps. Clear your camping area thoroughly before setup and use a groundsheet for ground dwelling configurations to protect the fabric from sharp objects.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 2.9m x 3m size provides adequate coverage for solo camping but feels tight compared to the 3x3 or larger tarps. Taller users or those carrying extensive gear may find the coverage insufficient. The Superlight Tarp does not include pegs or guy lines, so you must purchase these separately, adding to the total system weight.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe silicone coating can be slippery when wet, making the tarp harder to handle during setup in rain compared to PU-coated tarps. The lighter fabric also flaps more in wind, creating more noise than heavier tarps.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDD Superlight Tarp Care and Maintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eHandle the tarp carefully during setup and takedown to avoid snagging the 20D fabric on sharp objects. Clear your camping area of rocks, sticks, and anything that could puncture the fabric. Use a groundsheet when setting up ground dwelling configurations to protect the underside from abrasion.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eAllow the tarp to dry completely before packing for long-term storage. The silicone coating resists mildew better than PU coatings, but moisture can still cause problems if stored wet. Store the tarp loosely in its stuff sack rather than compressed tightly for extended periods.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eInspect the tarp regularly for small tears or punctures. Repair damage promptly using silicone-based repair tape or patches designed for silicone-coated fabrics. Standard PU-based repair tape does not adhere well to silicone coatings.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDD Superlight Tarp Advice from Wylies Outdoor World Fife Scotland\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eQuestions about whether the Superlight Tarp suits your camping style and weight priorities? Need advice on caring for ultralight fabrics or choosing between the Superlight and Superlight XL? \u003ca title=\"Contact Wylies Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003eContact us\u003c\/a\u003e for guidance based on Drew's years of hands-on experience using the Superlight Tarp as his personal favorite from the DD range.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDD Superlight Tarp Frequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eHow much lighter is the Superlight Tarp compared to the standard 3x3?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Superlight Tarp weighs 510g compared to 790g for the standard 3x3, a 280g weight saving. The packed size is also half the volume, making it significantly more compact for ultralight backpacking.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWhat are the advantages of 20D ripstop nylon over polyester?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 20D ripstop nylon is lighter, packs down smaller, and is less prone to folding damage over time compared to 190T polyester. The fabric requires more care to avoid punctures from sharp objects, but provides the same waterproof protection at significantly lower weight.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDoes the Superlight Tarp come with pegs and guy lines?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, the Superlight Tarp includes only the tarp and stuff sack. You must purchase ridgelines, pegs, and guy lines separately. This allows you to choose ultralight options that match your weight-saving goals.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWhich size should I choose, Superlight or Superlight XL?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eChoose the standard Superlight (2.9m x 3m, 510g) for solo camping where weight matters most. Choose the Superlight XL for additional coverage while maintaining ultralight construction. The XL suits taller users or those carrying more gear.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eCan I use the Superlight Tarp for ground dwelling?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, but use a groundsheet to protect the 20D fabric from abrasion and punctures. The lighter fabric requires more care to avoid damage from rough ground compared to heavier tarps.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWhat colours are available?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eOlive Green and Coyote Brown blend into natural environments. Sunset Orange provides high visibility for safety and emergency signaling, useful when visibility matters or for group trips where you need to locate your shelter quickly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eHow does the waterproof rating compare to standard tarps?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Superlight Tarp has the same 3000mm waterproof rating as standard DD tarps. The silicone coating provides reliable waterproof protection while remaining lighter than PU coatings.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWhy is this Drew's personal favorite tarp?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe combination of 510g weight and compact pack size makes the Superlight Tarp practical for extended trips where every gram matters. The weight savings allow for longer trips without compromising weather protection, making it the go-to choice for serious ultralight backpacking based on almost a decade of regular use.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"DD Hammocks","offers":[{"title":"Coyote Brown","offer_id":20233234481252,"sku":"ddsuperlight.-Coyote Brown","price":71.25,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Sunset Orange","offer_id":20233234579556,"sku":"ddsuperlight.-Sunset Orange","price":71.25,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Olive Green","offer_id":20233234645092,"sku":"ddsuperlight.-Olive Green","price":71.25,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0028\/5812\/3364\/files\/DD_Hammocks_Superlight_Tarp_being_used_With_a_ddammock_at_Wylie_s_Outdoor_World.webp?v=1740852116"},{"product_id":"dd-tarp-xl","title":"DD Tarp XL","description":"\u003ch2\u003eDD Tarp XL 4.5m x 3m Rectangular Waterproof Camping Tarp for Hammock Camping\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003ca title=\"DD Hammocks Collection, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/collections\/dd-hammocks\"\u003eDD Hammocks\u003c\/a\u003e Tarp XL is a rectangular tarp measuring 4.5m x 3m, designed for \u003ca title=\"hammock camping equipment and complete setups, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/pages\/hammock-camping\"\u003ehammock camping\u003c\/a\u003e, tent coverage, and ground shelters. The rectangular shape works well for A-frame and lean-to setups, the two most popular configurations for this tarp. Weighs 1020g with 19 reinforced attachment points. Made from 190T polyester with 3000mm waterproof PU coating. Available in Olive Green, Coyote Brown, or Multicam.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIMPORTANT: This tarp does NOT include a ridgeline. Purchase ridgelines separately from our \u003ca title=\"tarp suspension accessories for hammock camping, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/collections\/tarp-suspension-accessories\"\u003etarp suspension accessories\u003c\/a\u003e collection.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDD Tarp XL Rectangular Shape 4.5m x 3m for Hammock Camping\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe rectangular 4.5m x 3m dimensions provide 13.5 square metres of coverage optimized for hammock camping. The 4.5 metre length runs along the hammock, providing coverage from head to foot with extra space at the ends for gear. The 3 metre width covers the hammock with adequate overhang on each side to keep rain off.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe rectangular shape differs from square tarps like the \u003ca title=\"DD Tarp 3x3 Standard, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-tarp-3x3\"\u003e3x3\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca title=\"DD Tarp 4x4, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-tarp-4x4\"\u003e4x4\u003c\/a\u003e. Square tarps offer more setup flexibility, while the rectangular XL is optimized for specific configurations that work well with the longer dimension. This makes the XL particularly suited for A-frame and lean-to setups where the rectangular shape provides advantages.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDD Tarp XL for A-Frame Setup Over Hammocks\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe A-frame setup is one of the two most popular configurations for the Tarp XL. Run a ridgeline along the 4.5 metre length and drape the tarp over it, creating an A-frame that covers the hammock from end to end. The 3 metre width provides adequate coverage on each side of the ridgeline to keep rain off the hammock and gear.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe rectangular shape works well for A-frame setups because the longer 4.5 metre dimension provides coverage along the hammock length without excess material at the ends. This makes the A-frame more efficient than using a square tarp, where you have more material than needed in some directions and potentially less in others depending on how you orient it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDD Tarp XL for Lean-To Setup\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe lean-to setup is the other most popular configuration for the Tarp XL. Secure the 4.5 metre edge to a high ridgeline or tree limb, then stake the opposite 4.5 metre edge to the ground at an angle. This creates a sloped shelter that sheds rain while providing an open front where you can build a fire.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe rectangular shape works well for lean-to configurations because the 4.5 metre length provides a long sheltered area where you can spread out gear or accommodate multiple people sitting along the length. The 3 metre width from front to back provides adequate depth for the shelter without excess material that would add weight.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDD Tarp XL Rectangular Shape Less Flexible Than Square Tarps\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe rectangular shape is less flexible for setup options compared to square tarps. Square tarps like the 3x3 or 4x4 work equally well in any orientation because all sides are the same length. The rectangular XL works best when you orient the 4.5 metre length in the direction you need coverage, limiting some configuration options.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor diamond setups over hammocks, square tarps provide more flexibility in positioning. For complex shelter configurations that require equal dimensions in all directions, square tarps offer more options. Choose the rectangular XL when you specifically want A-frame or lean-to setups where the rectangular shape provides advantages, or when you need coverage along one dimension more than the other.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDD Tarp XL for Additional Tent Coverage\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe rectangular XL works well as additional coverage over tents, creating a porch area or extending the covered space beyond the tent footprint. The 4.5 metre length can run along the tent length, providing coverage for the tent entrance and creating a covered area for cooking or gear storage.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eUse the XL as a flysheet over smaller tents to add extra waterproofing and wind protection. The rectangular shape makes it easier to position over rectangular tents compared to square tarps, as the dimensions align better with typical tent shapes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDD Tarp XL Weight 1020g for Solo or Two Person Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe XL weighs 1020g excluding pegs and guy lines, positioning it between the \u003ca title=\"DD Tarp 3.5 x 3.5, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-tarp-3-5-x-3-5\"\u003e3.5 x 3.5\u003c\/a\u003e (1050g) and the standard 3x3 (790g) in weight. The 1020g weight is reasonable for solo camping where you want more coverage than the 3x3 provides, or for two person trips where you split the weight.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 13.5 square metres of coverage provides more sheltered space than the 3x3 (9 square metres) while weighing 230g more. This makes the XL a good choice when you want extra coverage for gear or two person use without moving up to the heavier 4x4 (1290g, 16 square metres).\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDD Tarp XL Available in Three Colour Options\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eOlive Green provides natural colour that blends into UK woodland environments. Coyote Brown works well in open moorland and varied terrain. Multicam uses DD Hammocks' own camouflage pattern designed to blend into UK woodlands, costing more due to specialized printing.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDD Tarp XL Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSize\u003c\/strong\u003e - 4.5 metres x 3 metres (rectangular)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCoverage\u003c\/strong\u003e - 13.5 square metres\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e - 1020g excluding pegs and guy lines\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e - 190T polyester with 3000mm PU waterproof coating\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeams\u003c\/strong\u003e - Taped central seam\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAttachment Points\u003c\/strong\u003e - 19 reinforced points (16 sides and corners, 3 along centre)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColours\u003c\/strong\u003e - Olive Green, Coyote Brown, Multicam\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIncluded\u003c\/strong\u003e - 4 pegs and guy lines in separate bag, stuff sack with drawcord\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNOT Included\u003c\/strong\u003e - Ridgeline (sold separately)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhen to Choose DD Tarp XL Over Square Tarps\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eChoose the rectangular XL when you specifically want A-frame or lean-to setups for hammock camping. The 4.5m x 3m dimensions work well for these configurations, providing coverage along the hammock length without excess material.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eChoose the XL when you need additional coverage over rectangular tents or want to create a porch area. The rectangular shape aligns better with tent shapes than square tarps.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eChoose the XL when you want more coverage than the 3x3 (9 square metres) but do not need the full coverage of the 4x4 (16 square metres). The 13.5 square metres provides a middle ground at 1020g weight.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eChoose square tarps like the \u003ca title=\"DD Tarp 3x3 Standard, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-tarp-3x3\"\u003e3x3\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca title=\"DD Tarp 3.5 x 3.5, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-tarp-3-5-x-3-5\"\u003e3.5 x 3.5\u003c\/a\u003e, or \u003ca title=\"DD Tarp 4x4, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-tarp-4x4\"\u003e4x4\u003c\/a\u003e when you want maximum setup flexibility and the ability to orient the tarp in any direction. Square tarps work better for diamond setups and complex configurations that require equal dimensions.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDD Tarp XL Complementary Equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003ePair this tarp with \u003ca title=\"hammock suspension accessories for secure tree attachment, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/collections\/hammock-suspension-accessories\"\u003ehammock suspension accessories\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca title=\"camping hammocks for wild camping and bushcraft, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/collections\/hammocks\"\u003ehammocks\u003c\/a\u003e for complete setups. For cold weather, add \u003ca title=\"hammock quilts and underblankets for insulation, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/collections\/hammock-quilts-under-blankets\"\u003ehammock underblankets or quilts\u003c\/a\u003e to insulate your sleep system.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDD Tarp XL Limitations to Consider\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe rectangular shape is less flexible for setup options compared to square tarps. You get the best performance from the XL when using A-frame or lean-to configurations where the rectangular dimensions provide advantages. For diamond setups and complex configurations, square tarps offer more flexibility.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 1020g weight is heavier than the 3x3 (790g) for situations where you want minimal weight. The XL provides more coverage but at a weight penalty that may not be justified if you mainly do solo camping with minimal gear.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe XL provides less coverage than the 4x4 (13.5 square metres vs 16 square metres) while weighing only 270g less. For two person camping where you want maximum coverage, the 4x4 may be worth the extra weight.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDD Tarp XL Care and Maintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eShake off dirt and debris after use before packing. Allow the tarp to dry completely before long-term storage to prevent mildew. Rinse with clean water if muddy and hang to dry before packing.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eInspect attachment points and seams regularly for wear. Store the tarp loosely rolled or hung rather than compressed tightly for extended periods. Avoid campfires directly under the tarp or too close to edges, as the polyester fabric melts and burns when exposed to sparks or flame.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDD Tarp XL Advice from Wylies Outdoor World Fife Scotland\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ca title=\"Outdoor Gear and Equipment, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/pages\/gear\"\u003eWylies Outdoor World's\u003c\/a\u003e owner \u003ca title=\"Meet Drew Wylie, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/blogs\/meet-our-team\/meet-drew-wylie\"\u003eDrew\u003c\/a\u003e has personally tested every DD Hammocks product over almost a decade, using them 4 nights a week in the best and worst weather the UK has to offer. This extensive field testing provides real-world knowledge of when the rectangular XL makes sense versus when square tarps provide better flexibility.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eQuestions about choosing between rectangular XL and square tarps for your camping style? Need advice on A-frame or lean-to setups? \u003ca title=\"Contact Wylies Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003eContact us\u003c\/a\u003e for guidance based on years of hands-on experience with DD Hammocks equipment.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDD Tarp XL Frequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWhat makes the XL different from square tarps?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe XL is rectangular (4.5m x 3m) rather than square. This shape works well for A-frame and lean-to setups where the longer dimension provides coverage along one direction. Square tarps offer more setup flexibility because all sides are equal length.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWhat are the two most popular setups for the XL?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eA-frame and lean-to are the two most popular configurations. The rectangular shape works well for these setups where the 4.5 metre length provides coverage along the hammock or shelter length.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eCan I use the XL for diamond setups over hammocks?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, but square tarps work better for diamond setups because they provide more flexibility in positioning. The rectangular XL can be used for diamond setups but the shape is optimized for A-frame and lean-to configurations.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eHow does the XL compare to the 3.5 x 3.5 for coverage?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe XL provides 13.5 square metres compared to 12.25 square metres for the 3.5 x 3.5. The XL weighs 1020g compared to 1050g for the 3.5 x 3.5, making it slightly lighter with slightly more coverage. Choose based on whether you want rectangular (XL) or square (3.5 x 3.5) shape.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eIs the XL suitable for tent coverage?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the rectangular shape works well as additional coverage over tents, creating porch areas or extending covered space. The 4.5 metre length aligns well with rectangular tent shapes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWhich colour should I choose?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eOlive Green and Coyote Brown blend into natural environments. Multicam provides visual concealment using DD Hammocks' specialized camouflage pattern, costing more due to specialized printing.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eCan two people camp under the XL?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the 13.5 square metres provides adequate coverage for two people in ground dwelling setups or two hammocks. The 4.5 metre length works well for two hammocks set up along the length.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWhy choose the XL over the 4x4?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe XL weighs 1020g compared to 1290g for the 4x4, a 270g weight saving. Choose the XL when you want a rectangular shape for A-frame or lean-to setups and do not need the full 16 square metres of the 4x4.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"DD Hammocks","offers":[{"title":"Olive Green","offer_id":20233243426916,"sku":"ddxltarps1-Olive Green","price":44.77,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Coyote Brown","offer_id":20233243361380,"sku":"ddxltarps1-Coyote Brown","price":44.77,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Multicam","offer_id":20233243394148,"sku":"ddxltarps1-Multicam","price":58.13,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0028\/5812\/3364\/files\/DDHammockstarpXLinuse-Multicam4.webp?v=1739715725"},{"product_id":"dd-tarp-4x4","title":"DD Tarp 4x4","description":"\u003ch2\u003eDD Tarp 4x4 Waterproof Camping Tarp for Two Person and Group Camping\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/collections\/dd-hammocks\" title=\"DD Hammocks Collection, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\"\u003eDD Hammocks\u003c\/a\u003e Tarp 4x4 provides 16 square metres of coverage for two person camping, group shelters, and base camp setups. This 4 metre square tarp weighs 1290g with 19 reinforced attachment points for \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/pages\/hammock-camping\" title=\"hammock camping equipment and complete setups, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\"\u003ehammock camping\u003c\/a\u003e and bushcraft. Made from 190T polyester with 3000mm waterproof PU coating. Available in Olive Green, Coyote Brown, Forest Green, Multicam, or Winter Multicam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIMPORTANT: This tarp does NOT include a ridgeline. Purchase ridgelines separately from our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/collections\/tarp-suspension-accessories\" title=\"tarp suspension accessories for hammock camping, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\"\u003etarp suspension accessories\u003c\/a\u003e collection.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDD Tarp 4x4 Size Comparison for Two Person Camping\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTarp Size\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCoverage\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBest For\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-tarp-3x3\" title=\"DD Tarp 3x3, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\"\u003e3x3\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e9 square metres\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e790g\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSolo camping, ultralight backpacking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-tarp-3-5-x-3-5\" title=\"DD Tarp 3.5 x 3.5, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\"\u003e3.5 x 3.5\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12.25 square metres\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1050g\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSolo with extra gear, XL and Kingsize hammocks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e4x4 (This Product)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e16 square metres\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1290g\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTwo person camping, group shelters, base camps\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 4x4 provides 16 square metres of coverage, 78% more than the 3x3 and 31% more than the 3.5 x 3.5. This additional coverage makes the 4x4 the right choice for two person camping where both people and their gear need protection from weather. The 1290g weight is only 240g more than the 3.5 x 3.5, making it worth the extra weight for regular two person use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDD Tarp 4x4 for One or Two Person Hammock Camping\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 4 metre width provides comfortable coverage for two \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/collections\/hammocks\" title=\"camping hammocks for wild camping and bushcraft, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\"\u003ehammocks\u003c\/a\u003e set up side by side or at angles to each other. The 4 metre length ensures both hammocks stay protected from rain with room for gear at the ends. When set up as an A-frame or diamond configuration over two hammocks, the 4x4 provides adequate coverage without feeling cramped.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor two person hammock camping, the 4x4 allows each person to have their own space under the tarp without compromising coverage. The extra width compared to the 3.5 x 3.5 means rain does not reach the hammocks even in wind-driven conditions where smaller tarps leave the edges exposed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 4x4 is an excellent tarp to pair with the larger \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-frontline-hammock-king-size\" title=\"DD Frontline Hammock King Size, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\"\u003eDD Frontline Hammock King Size\u003c\/a\u003e, providing adequate coverage for the wider hammock dimensions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDD Tarp 4x4 for Group Base Camp and Communal Shelters\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 16 square metres of coverage makes the 4x4 suitable for group base camp setups where you need communal cooking and gear storage space. Set up as a large A-frame or lean-to, the 4x4 provides covered area for multiple people to gather, cook, and organize gear out of the weather.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eScout groups, bushcraft courses, and group expeditions benefit from the 4x4 as a central shelter where the group can work together under cover. The tarp works well as a cooking shelter at base camp, keeping food preparation areas dry during prolonged rain. The large coverage also makes the 4x4 suitable for extending caravan or vehicle awnings, creating additional covered living space.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDD Tarp 4x4 for Two Person Ground Dwelling Setups\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor two person ground dwelling, the 4x4 provides comfortable space for two people to sleep with gear stored inside the shelter. Set up as an A-frame with one side as a floor, the 4x4 accommodates two sleeping mats with room for packs and boots under cover. The extra space compared to smaller tarps means you do not need to sleep directly next to each other or leave gear exposed to weather.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 4x4 also works well for solo camping when you want maximum covered space for extended stays, photography equipment, or winter camping with bulky insulation gear. The large coverage provides room to move around inside the shelter during prolonged bad weather, making multi-day trips more comfortable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDD Tarp 4x4 Weight 1290g Only 240g More Than 3.5 x 3.5\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 4x4 weighs 1290g excluding pegs and guy lines, only 240g more than the 3.5 x 3.5 (1050g). This 240g weight difference is minimal when split between two people, making the 4x4 practical for two person backpacking trips where you share the load. Each person carries 645g of tarp weight, less than carrying a 3x3 (790g) solo.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor regular two person camping, the extra 240g over the 3.5 x 3.5 is worth the significantly more comfortable coverage. The 4x4 provides 31% more coverage for only 23% more weight, making it efficient for the space it provides. The weight becomes less important when the tarp serves as the main shelter for two people rather than a solo ultralight setup.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDD Tarp 4x4 Available in Five Colour Options\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOlive Green provides natural colour that blends into UK woodland environments. Coyote Brown works well in open moorland and varied terrain. Forest Green matches deep woodland and coniferous forests. Multicam uses DD Hammocks' own camouflage pattern designed to blend into UK woodlands. Winter Multicam uses DD Hammocks' own winter camouflage pattern designed for snowy conditions, providing visual concealment when you want to stay hidden from sight at a distance in winter environments. Both Multicam and Winter Multicam cost more due to specialized printing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDD Tarp 4x4 Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSize\u003c\/strong\u003e - 4 metres x 4 metres\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCoverage\u003c\/strong\u003e - 16 square metres\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e - 1290g excluding pegs and guy lines\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight Per Person\u003c\/strong\u003e - 645g when shared between two people\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e - 190T polyester with 3000mm PU waterproof coating\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeams\u003c\/strong\u003e - Taped central seam\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAttachment Points\u003c\/strong\u003e - 19 reinforced points (16 sides and corners, 3 along centre ridgeline)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColours\u003c\/strong\u003e - Olive Green, Coyote Brown, Forest Green, Multicam, Winter Multicam\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIncluded\u003c\/strong\u003e - 4 pegs and guy lines in separate bag, stuff sack with drawcord\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNOT Included\u003c\/strong\u003e - Ridgeline (sold separately)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhen to Choose DD Tarp 4x4 Over Smaller Tarps\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose the 4x4 if you regularly camp with two people and want comfortable coverage for both hammocks or sleeping areas plus gear. The 16 square metres provides adequate space without feeling cramped, and the 1290g weight splits to 645g per person when shared.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose the 4x4 if you do group camping, bushcraft courses, or expeditions where you need communal shelter space for cooking and gear organization. The large coverage works well as a base camp shelter where multiple people gather.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose the 4x4 if you want maximum covered space for solo camping during extended stays or when carrying extensive gear like photography equipment. The extra space provides room to move around inside the shelter during prolonged bad weather.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose smaller tarps if you prioritize low weight for solo ultralight backpacking. The \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-tarp-3x3\" title=\"DD Tarp 3x3, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\"\u003e3x3\u003c\/a\u003e at 790g or \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-tarp-3-5-x-3-5\" title=\"DD Tarp 3.5 x 3.5, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\"\u003e3.5 x 3.5\u003c\/a\u003e at 1050g provide adequate solo coverage at lower weight.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDD Tarp 4x4 Complementary Equipment for Two Person Camping\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePair this tarp with \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/collections\/hammock-suspension-accessories\" title=\"hammock suspension accessories for secure tree attachment, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\"\u003ehammock suspension accessories\u003c\/a\u003e for two person hammock camping setups. For cold weather, add \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/collections\/hammock-quilts-under-blankets\" title=\"hammock quilts and underblankets for insulation, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\"\u003ehammock underblankets or quilts\u003c\/a\u003e to insulate both sleep systems.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDD Tarp 4x4 Limitations to Consider\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 1290g weight is too heavy for solo ultralight backpacking where every gram matters. Solo campers who prioritize low weight should choose the 3x3 (790g) or 3.5 x 3.5 (1050g) unless they specifically want maximum covered space.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 4x4 packs larger than smaller tarps, taking up more space in your pack. This matters less when two people share the load, but solo backpackers may find the pack size inconvenient compared to more compact options.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor groups larger than two people, you may need multiple tarps or larger shelter solutions. The 4x4 works for two people comfortably or three people in tight conditions, but larger groups need additional shelter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDD Tarp 4x4 Care and Maintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShake off dirt and debris after use before packing. Allow the tarp to dry completely before long term storage to prevent mildew. Rinse with clean water if muddy and hang to dry before packing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInspect attachment points and seams regularly for wear. Store the tarp loosely rolled or hung rather than compressed tightly for extended periods. Avoid campfires directly under the tarp or too close to edges, as the polyester fabric melts and burns when exposed to sparks or flame.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDD Tarp 4x4 Advice from Wylies Outdoor World Fife Scotland\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/pages\/gear\" title=\"Outdoor Gear and Equipment, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\"\u003eWylies Outdoor World's\u003c\/a\u003e owner \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/blogs\/meet-our-team\/meet-drew-wylie\" title=\"Meet Drew Wylie, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\"\u003eDrew\u003c\/a\u003e has personally tested every DD Hammocks product over almost a decade, using them 4 nights a week in the best and worst weather the UK has to offer. This extensive field testing provides real-world knowledge of when the 4x4 size makes sense for two person camping versus when smaller tarps suffice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eQuestions about choosing between 3.5 x 3.5 or 4x4 for two person camping? Need advice on setting up the 4x4 for group base camps? \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/pages\/contact-us\" title=\"Contact Wylies Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\"\u003eContact us\u003c\/a\u003e for guidance based on years of hands-on experience with DD Hammocks equipment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDD Tarp 4x4 Frequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eIs the 4x4 worth the extra 240g over the 3.5 x 3.5 for two people?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the 4x4 provides 31% more coverage (16 square metres vs 12.25 square metres) for only 240g extra weight. When split between two people, each person carries 645g, making the weight reasonable for the comfortable two person coverage the 4x4 provides.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eCan two hammocks fit comfortably under the 4x4?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the 4 metre width provides comfortable coverage for two hammocks set up side by side or at angles. The 4 metre length ensures both hammocks stay protected with room for gear at the ends. The 4x4 is the right size for regular two person hammock camping.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eHow many people can fit under the 4x4?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 4x4 comfortably accommodates two people with gear. Three people can fit in tight conditions for emergency use, but two people is the practical limit for comfortable camping with adequate space for everyone's gear.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eIs the 4x4 too heavy for solo backpacking?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAt 1290g, the 4x4 is heavier than needed for solo ultralight backpacking. Solo campers who prioritize low weight should choose the 3x3 (790g) or 3.5 x 3.5 (1050g). The 4x4 makes sense for solo use only when you want maximum covered space for extended stays or extensive gear.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eCan I use the 4x4 as a base camp shelter for groups?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the 16 square metres of coverage works well as a communal cooking and gear storage shelter at base camp. Scout groups, bushcraft courses, and group expeditions use the 4x4 as a central gathering space where people can work together under cover.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhich colour should I choose?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOlive Green and Forest Green blend into UK woodland. Coyote Brown works in open moorland and varied terrain. Multicam provides visual concealment using DD Hammocks' specialized camouflage pattern. Winter Multicam provides visual concealment in snowy conditions when you want to stay hidden from sight at a distance. Both Multicam patterns cost more due to specialized printing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eHow does the pack size compare to smaller tarps?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 4x4 packs larger than the 3x3 or 3.5 x 3.5. This matters less when two people share the load, but solo backpackers may find the pack size inconvenient. The larger pack size is the trade-off for the significantly more coverage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eCan I extend my caravan awning with the 4x4?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the 4x4 works well for extending caravan or vehicle awnings, creating additional covered living space. The large coverage provides room for outdoor cooking areas, gear storage, or additional seating space protected from weather.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"DD Hammocks","offers":[{"title":"Olive Green","offer_id":20233254731876,"sku":"u6riutrkl","price":47.54,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Forrest Green","offer_id":54956096782722,"sku":"8758567865","price":47.54,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Coyote Brown","offer_id":20233254666340,"sku":"ddtarp4x4-Coyote Brown","price":47.54,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black","offer_id":56017658544514,"sku":null,"price":47.54,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false},{"title":"Multicam","offer_id":20233254764644,"sku":"ddtarp4x4-Multicam","price":65.16,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Winter Multicam","offer_id":56017658577282,"sku":null,"price":63.31,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0028\/5812\/3364\/files\/DDHammocks4x4Tarpinuse2.webp?v=1739581490"},{"product_id":"dd-tarp-medium","title":"DD Tarp Medium","description":"\u003cdiv\u003eIdeal for hammock camping, the DD Tarp Medium provides further coverage for the head and foot ends of your hammock while economising on side coverage to keep pack weight to a minimum.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAll the cover you need, ready to take anywhere.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eWith enough coverage for all DD hammocks, the DD Tarp Medium is recommended for one person plus gear. Arrange it in an A-frame over your hammock for storm protection, or even use it to extend a porch on your tent. \u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAll DD tarps are 100% waterproof, even in the heaviest storms.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSize: 3.5m x 2.4m\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eColour: Olive Green, Coyote Brown\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight: 740g ( excluding pegs \u0026amp; guy lines)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIncludes: Tarp M, 4 x pegs \u0026amp; guy lines, stuff sack\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFeatures:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e19 tough reinforced attachment points: 16 around the sides and corners, and 3 along the centre (ridge line)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 x pegs and guy lines included in their own bag\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMade from 190T polyester with PU 3000mm waterproof coating, and has a taped central seam\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStuff sack with drawcord closure\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended accessories:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #00aaff;\"\u003e \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-dd-cord-10m?_pos=1\u0026amp;_sid=427d4dd51\u0026amp;_ss=r\" title=\"DD Cord (10m)\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\" style=\"color: #00aaff;\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eDD Cord\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e– ideal for ridge line (to suspend the tarp between trees)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #00aaff;\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-hammocks-dd-superlight-tent-pegs-x6?_pos=1\u0026amp;_sid=12056b656\u0026amp;_ss=r\" title=\"DD Superlight Tent Pegs x6\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\" style=\"color: #00aaff;\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eDD Superlight Tent Pegs\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #00aaff;\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-ridgeline-lok-x2?_pos=1\u0026amp;_sid=18dca962d\u0026amp;_ss=r\" title=\"DD Ridgeline Loks x2\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\" style=\"color: #00aaff;\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eRidge Line Loks\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #00aaff;\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-xl-tarp-sleeve?_pos=1\u0026amp;_sid=5d4eb9491\u0026amp;_ss=r\" title=\"DD XL Tarp Sleeve\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\" style=\"color: #00aaff;\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eDD XL Sleeve\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #00aaff;\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/collections\/cordage-1\" title=\"Outdoors Cordage\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\" style=\"color: #00aaff;\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eCordage\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #00aaff;\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/collections\/tarp-suspension-accessories\" title=\"Tarp Suspension \u0026amp; Accessories\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\" style=\"color: #00aaff;\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eTarp Suspension \u0026amp; Accessories\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv id=\"product-care-advice\" class=\"r-tabs-panel r-tabs-state-active\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"DD Hammocks","offers":[{"title":"Olive Green","offer_id":20233259286628,"sku":"ddmedium-Olive Green","price":35.54,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Coyote Brown","offer_id":20233259253860,"sku":"ddmedium-Coyote Brown","price":35.54,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0028\/5812\/3364\/files\/DDHammocksTarpMinuse-olivegreen.webp?v=1739712895"},{"product_id":"dd-tarp-small","title":"DD Tarp Small","description":"\u003ch2\u003eDD Tarp Small 450g Polyester Solo Bivvy Tarp\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003ca title=\"DD Hammocks Collection, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/collections\/dd-hammocks\"\u003eDD Hammocks\u003c\/a\u003e Tarp Small weighs 450g and provides the same 2.8m x 1.5m dimensions as the \u003ca title=\"DD Superlight Tarp Small 260g ultralight, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-superlight-tarp-small\"\u003eSuperlight Tarp Small\u003c\/a\u003e but uses heavier 190T polyester fabric. This 4.2 square metre tarp provides coverage for solo ground bivvy camping, day shelters, tent porch extensions, or groundsheets. Made from 190T polyester with 3000mm waterproof PU coating. Available in Olive Green or Coyote Brown.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIMPORTANT: Not recommended for hammock camping due to small size. Designed for ground bivvy camping and day shelters only.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDD Small Solo Tarp Comparison Table\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTarp\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSize\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCoverage\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBest For\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca title=\"DD Superlight Tarp Small 260g ultralight, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-superlight-tarp-small\"\u003eSuperlight Tarp Small\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.8m x 1.5m\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4.2 sq m\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e260g\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20D ripstop nylon\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUltralight bivvy, lightest option\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca title=\"DD Tarp 2x2, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-tarp-2x2\"\u003eTarp 2x2\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2m x 2m\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4 sq m\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e460g\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e190T polyester\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompact bivvy, heavier fabric\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTarp Small (This Product)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.8m x 1.5m\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4.2 sq m\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e450g\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e190T polyester\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSolo bivvy, heavier fabric\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca title=\"DD Tarp Medium, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-tarp-medium\"\u003eTarp Medium\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.9m x 3m\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8.7 sq m\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e790g\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e190T polyester\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSolo hammock or bivvy, most coverage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Tarp Small has the same dimensions as the \u003ca title=\"DD Superlight Tarp Small 260g ultralight, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-superlight-tarp-small\"\u003eSuperlight Tarp Small\u003c\/a\u003e but uses heavier polyester fabric. The \u003ca title=\"DD Tarp 2x2, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-tarp-2x2\"\u003eTarp 2x2\u003c\/a\u003e is the most compact square shape. The \u003ca title=\"DD Tarp Medium, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-tarp-medium\"\u003eTarp Medium\u003c\/a\u003e provides the most coverage and works for hammock camping.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDD Tarp Small Same Dimensions as Superlight but Heavier Fabric\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Tarp Small has the same 2.8m x 1.5m dimensions as the \u003ca title=\"DD Superlight Tarp Small 260g ultralight, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-superlight-tarp-small\"\u003eSuperlight Tarp Small\u003c\/a\u003e, providing 4.2 square metres of coverage. The difference is the fabric - the Tarp Small uses 190T polyester (450g) while the Superlight uses 20D ripstop nylon (260g). The heavier polyester fabric is the same material used across the standard DD tarp range.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eChoose the Tarp Small if you prefer heavier polyester fabric over ultralight nylon. The polyester fabric is the same proven material used in the \u003ca title=\"DD Tarp 3x3 Standard, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-tarp-3x3\"\u003e3x3\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca title=\"DD Tarp 4x4, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-tarp-4x4\"\u003e4x4\u003c\/a\u003e, and other standard tarps. Choose the Superlight if you prioritize minimum weight (190g lighter).\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDD Tarp Small Weight 450g with Polyester Fabric\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Tarp Small weighs 450g excluding pegs and guy lines. The total system weight including 4 pegs and guy lines is approximately 550g. This is 190g heavier than the \u003ca title=\"DD Superlight Tarp Small 260g ultralight, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-superlight-tarp-small\"\u003eSuperlight Tarp Small\u003c\/a\u003e (260g) due to the heavier polyester fabric.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 190T polyester fabric with 3000mm waterproof PU coating is the same material used across the standard DD tarp range. The heavier fabric provides the same waterproof protection as ultralight nylon without requiring as much care to avoid punctures from sharp objects.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDD Tarp Small Size 2.8m x 1.5m for Solo Bivvy Camping\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 2.8m x 1.5m dimensions provide 4.2 square metres of coverage, adequate for one person and gear in ground bivvy camping. The 2.8 metre length provides coverage from head to foot with space for a pack. The 1.5 metre width covers a sleeping mat with minimal overhang on each side.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe small size is too limited for hammock camping. The 1.5 metre width does not provide adequate coverage on each side of a hammock. For hammock camping, choose the \u003ca title=\"DD Tarp Medium, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-tarp-medium\"\u003eTarp Medium\u003c\/a\u003e (2.9m x 3m, 8.7 square metres) which provides proper hammock coverage.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDD Tarp Small for Ground Bivvy Day Shelters Tent Extensions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Tarp Small works well for ground bivvy camping where you sleep directly on the ground under a tarp without a tent. The 4.2 square metres provides coverage for one person and gear in lean-to or A-frame configurations. The tarp also works as a day shelter for lunch stops and rest breaks on the trail.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe tarp can serve as a tent porch extension, creating additional covered space outside your tent entrance for cooking or gear storage. The tarp also works as a groundsheet, providing a waterproof barrier between your sleeping mat and the ground.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDD Tarp Small Available in Olive Green or Coyote Brown\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eOlive Green provides natural colour that blends into UK woodland environments. Coyote Brown works well in open moorland and varied terrain. Both colours are available at the same price.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDD Tarp Small 19 Attachment Points\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 19 reinforced attachment points (16 around sides and corners, 3 along centre ridgeline) provide setup versatility despite the small size. The attachment points enable lean-to, A-frame, and other configurations suited for ground bivvy camping and day shelters.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDD Tarp Small Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSize\u003c\/strong\u003e - 2.8 metres x 1.5 metres\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCoverage\u003c\/strong\u003e - 4.2 square metres\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e - 450g excluding pegs and guy lines\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTotal System Weight\u003c\/strong\u003e - Approximately 550g with 4 pegs and guy lines\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e - 190T polyester with 3000mm PU waterproof coating\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeams\u003c\/strong\u003e - Taped central seam\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAttachment Points\u003c\/strong\u003e - 19 reinforced points\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColours\u003c\/strong\u003e - Olive Green, Coyote Brown\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIncluded\u003c\/strong\u003e - 4 pegs and guy lines in separate bag, stuff sack\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNOT Included\u003c\/strong\u003e - Ridgeline (sold separately)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNOT Recommended For\u003c\/strong\u003e - Hammock camping (too small)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhen to Choose DD Tarp Small Over Other Small Tarps\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eChoose the Tarp Small when you want the same 2.8m x 1.5m dimensions as the \u003ca title=\"DD Superlight Tarp Small 260g ultralight, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-superlight-tarp-small\"\u003eSuperlight Tarp Small\u003c\/a\u003e but prefer heavier polyester fabric. The 190T polyester is the same proven material used across the standard DD tarp range.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eChoose the Tarp Small when you want a solo bivvy tarp at a lower price point than the Superlight. The Tarp Small costs less while providing the same coverage with heavier fabric.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eChoose the \u003ca title=\"DD Superlight Tarp Small 260g ultralight, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-superlight-tarp-small\"\u003eSuperlight Tarp Small\u003c\/a\u003e (260g) if you prioritize minimum weight. Choose the \u003ca title=\"DD Tarp 2x2, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-tarp-2x2\"\u003eTarp 2x2\u003c\/a\u003e (460g) for a compact square shape. Choose the \u003ca title=\"DD Tarp Medium, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-tarp-medium\"\u003eTarp Medium\u003c\/a\u003e (790g) for hammock camping or more coverage.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDD Tarp Small Complementary Equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003ePair this tarp with \u003ca title=\"tarp suspension accessories for hammock camping, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/collections\/tarp-suspension-accessories\"\u003eguy lines and stakes\u003c\/a\u003e for securing the tarp. Use DD Cord or Amsteel Rope for ridgelines in lean-to or A-frame setups. For bivvy camping, combine with a bivvy bag or sleeping bag.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDD Tarp Small Limitations to Consider\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 2.8m x 1.5m size (4.2 square metres) is too small for hammock camping. The 1.5 metre width does not provide adequate coverage on each side of a hammock. For hammock camping, choose the \u003ca title=\"DD Tarp Medium, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-tarp-medium\"\u003eTarp Medium\u003c\/a\u003e which provides proper coverage.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 450g weight is 190g heavier than the \u003ca title=\"DD Superlight Tarp Small 260g ultralight, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-superlight-tarp-small\"\u003eSuperlight Tarp Small\u003c\/a\u003e (260g). If you prioritize minimum weight for ultralight bivvy camping, the Superlight provides the same coverage at lower weight.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe small coverage is adequate for solo bivvy camping but feels tight compared to larger tarps. Taller users or those carrying extensive gear may find the coverage insufficient.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDD Tarp Small Care and Maintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eShake off dirt and debris after use before packing. Allow the tarp to dry completely before long-term storage to prevent mildew. Rinse with clean water if muddy and hang to dry before packing.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eInspect attachment points and seams regularly for wear. Store the tarp loosely rolled or hung rather than compressed tightly for extended periods. Avoid campfires directly under the tarp or too close to edges, as the polyester fabric melts and burns when exposed to sparks or flame.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDD Tarp Small Advice from Wylies Outdoor World Fife Scotland\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ca title=\"Outdoor Gear and Equipment, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/pages\/gear\"\u003eWylies Outdoor World's\u003c\/a\u003e owner \u003ca title=\"Meet Drew Wylie, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/blogs\/meet-our-team\/meet-drew-wylie\"\u003eDrew\u003c\/a\u003e has personally tested every DD Hammocks product over almost a decade, using them 4 nights a week in the best and worst weather the UK has to offer. This extensive field testing provides real-world knowledge of when the Tarp Small makes sense versus other small tarp options.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eQuestions about choosing between Tarp Small, Superlight Tarp Small, Tarp 2x2, or Tarp Medium? Need advice on solo bivvy camping? \u003ca title=\"Contact Wylies Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003eContact us\u003c\/a\u003e for guidance based on years of hands-on experience with DD Hammocks equipment.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDD Tarp Small Frequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eHow does the Tarp Small compare to the Superlight Tarp Small?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eBoth have the same 2.8m x 1.5m dimensions (4.2 square metres). The Tarp Small weighs 450g using 190T polyester. The Superlight weighs 260g using 20D ripstop nylon. Choose the Tarp Small for heavier polyester fabric at lower price, or the Superlight for minimum weight.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eCan I use the Tarp Small for hammock camping?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, the 2.8m x 1.5m size is too small for hammock camping. The 1.5 metre width does not provide adequate coverage on each side of a hammock. Choose the Tarp Medium (2.9m x 3m) for hammock camping.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWhat is the Tarp Small best used for?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Tarp Small works best for ground bivvy camping, day shelters, tent porch extensions, or as a groundsheet. The 4.2 square metres provides adequate coverage for solo use in these configurations.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWhich colour should I choose?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eOlive Green blends into UK woodland environments. Coyote Brown works well in open moorland and varied terrain. Both colours are available at the same price.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDoes the tarp include pegs?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the Tarp Small includes 4 pegs and guy lines in a separate bag, plus a stuff sack. You must purchase ridgelines separately for lean-to or A-frame setups.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWhy choose the Tarp Small over the Superlight Tarp Small?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eChoose the Tarp Small if you prefer heavier 190T polyester fabric (the same material used across the standard DD tarp range) or want a lower price point. Choose the Superlight if you prioritize minimum weight (190g lighter).\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eHow does the Tarp Small compare to the Tarp 2x2?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Tarp Small provides 4.2 square metres (2.8m x 1.5m) and weighs 450g. The Tarp 2x2 provides 4 square metres (2m x 2m) and weighs 460g. Choose the Tarp Small for slightly more coverage, or the 2x2 for a compact square shape.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWhat material is the Tarp Small made from?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Tarp Small uses 190T polyester with 3000mm PU waterproof coating and taped central seam. This is the same proven material used in the 3x3, 4x4, and other standard DD tarps.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"DD Hammocks","offers":[{"title":"Olive Green","offer_id":20233264365668,"sku":"ddsmall-Olive Green","price":32.77,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false},{"title":"Coyote Brown","offer_id":20233264332900,"sku":"ddsmall-Coyote Brown","price":32.77,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0028\/5812\/3364\/files\/DDHAMMOCKSTARPSINUSE-OLIVEGREEN.webp?v=1739711652"},{"product_id":"dd-superlight-tarp-small","title":"DD Superlight Tarp Small","description":"\u003ch2\u003eDD Superlight Tarp Small 260g Ultralight Solo Bivvy Tarp\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003ca title=\"DD Hammocks Collection, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/collections\/dd-hammocks\"\u003eDD Hammocks\u003c\/a\u003e Superlight Tarp Small weighs only 260g, making it the lightest tarp in the DD range. This 2.8m x 1.5m ultralight tarp provides 4.2 square metres of coverage for solo ground bivvy camping, day shelters, or groundsheets. Made from 20D ripstop nylon with silicone coating and 3000mm waterproof rating. Available in Olive Green only.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIMPORTANT: Not recommended for hammock camping due to small size. Designed for ground bivvy camping and day shelters only.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDD Small Solo Tarp Comparison Table\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTarp\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSize\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCoverage\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBest For\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuperlight Tarp Small (This Product)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.8m x 1.5m\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4.2 sq m\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e260g\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20D ripstop nylon\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUltralight bivvy, lightest option\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca title=\"DD Tarp 2x2, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-tarp-2x2\"\u003eTarp 2x2\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2m x 2m\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4 sq m\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e460g\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e190T polyester\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompact bivvy, heavier fabric\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca title=\"DD Tarp Small, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-tarp-small\"\u003eTarp Small\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.8m x 1.5m\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4.2 sq m\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e440g\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e190T polyester\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSolo bivvy, heavier fabric\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca title=\"DD Tarp Medium, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-tarp-medium\"\u003eTarp Medium\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.9m x 3m\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8.7 sq m\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e790g\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e190T polyester\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSolo hammock or bivvy, most coverage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Superlight Tarp Small is the lightest option at 260g. The \u003ca title=\"DD Tarp Small, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-tarp-small\"\u003eTarp Small\u003c\/a\u003e has the same dimensions but uses heavier polyester fabric. The \u003ca title=\"DD Tarp 2x2, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-tarp-2x2\"\u003eTarp 2x2\u003c\/a\u003e is the most compact. The \u003ca title=\"DD Tarp Medium, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-tarp-medium\"\u003eTarp Medium\u003c\/a\u003e provides the most coverage and works for hammock camping.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDD Superlight Tarp Small Weight 260g Lightest DD Tarp\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Superlight Tarp Small weighs only 260g excluding pegs and guy lines, making it the lightest tarp in the DD range. The total system weight including 4 Superlight pegs and guy lines is approximately 350g. This ultralight weight makes it suitable for ultralight bivvy camping, day hikes where you want emergency shelter, or as a groundsheet that fits in a jacket pocket.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 20D ripstop nylon construction with silicone coating provides the weight savings while maintaining 3000mm waterproof protection. The fabric packs down incredibly small, lighter and more compact than the \u003ca title=\"DD Tarp Small, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-tarp-small\"\u003eTarp Small\u003c\/a\u003e (440g) which has the same dimensions but uses heavier polyester.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDD Superlight Tarp Small Size 2.8m x 1.5m for Solo Bivvy Camping\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 2.8m x 1.5m dimensions provide 4.2 square metres of coverage, adequate for one person and gear in ground bivvy camping. The 2.8 metre length provides coverage from head to foot with space for a pack. The 1.5 metre width covers a sleeping mat with minimal overhang on each side.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe small size is too limited for hammock camping. The 1.5 metre width does not provide adequate coverage on each side of a hammock. For hammock camping, choose the \u003ca title=\"DD Tarp Medium, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-tarp-medium\"\u003eTarp Medium\u003c\/a\u003e (2.9m x 3m, 8.7 square metres) which provides proper hammock coverage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDD Superlight Tarp Small for Ground Bivvy Camping and Day Shelters\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Superlight Tarp Small works well for ground bivvy camping where you sleep directly on the ground under a tarp without a tent. The 4.2 square metres provides coverage for one person and gear in lean-to or A-frame configurations. The ultralight weight makes it practical for minimalist camping where you want the lightest possible shelter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe tarp also works as a day shelter for lunch stops and rest breaks on the trail. The quick setup and tiny pack size make it convenient for emergency shelter during day hikes. The tarp can also serve as a groundsheet, providing a waterproof barrier between your sleeping mat and the ground.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDD Superlight Tarp Small 20D Ripstop Nylon Lighter and Packs Smaller\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 20D ripstop nylon fabric provides significant weight savings compared to the 190T polyester used in the \u003ca title=\"DD Tarp Small, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-tarp-small\"\u003eTarp Small\u003c\/a\u003e (440g). The ripstop construction prevents small tears from spreading. The silicone coating provides 3000mm waterproof protection while remaining lighter than PU coatings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 20D fabric packs down to a smaller size than heavier polyester tarps, fitting in jacket pockets. The fabric is also less prone to folding damage over time compared to polyester, making it better suited for regular packing and unpacking. The lighter fabric requires more care to avoid punctures from sharp rocks and sticks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDD Superlight Tarp Small 19 Attachment Points\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 19 reinforced attachment points (16 around sides and corners, 3 along centre ridgeline) provide setup versatility despite the small size. The attachment points enable lean-to, A-frame, and other configurations suited for ground bivvy camping and day shelters.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDD Superlight Tarp Small Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSize\u003c\/strong\u003e - 2.8 metres x 1.5 metres\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCoverage\u003c\/strong\u003e - 4.2 square metres\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e - 260g excluding pegs and guy lines\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTotal System Weight\u003c\/strong\u003e - Approximately 350g with 4 Superlight pegs and guy lines\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e - 20D ripstop nylon with silicone coating\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWaterproof Rating\u003c\/strong\u003e - 3000mm hydrostatic head\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAttachment Points\u003c\/strong\u003e - 19 reinforced loops\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e - Olive Green\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIncluded\u003c\/strong\u003e - 4 Superlight pegs and guy lines, stuff sack\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNOT Included\u003c\/strong\u003e - Ridgeline (sold separately)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNOT Recommended For\u003c\/strong\u003e - Hammock camping (too small)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhen to Choose DD Superlight Tarp Small Over Other Small Tarps\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose the Superlight Tarp Small when you prioritize absolute minimum weight for ultralight bivvy camping. The 260g weight is the lightest option in the DD range, suitable for minimalist camping where every gram matters.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose the Superlight Tarp Small when you want a tarp that fits in a jacket pocket for emergency shelter during day hikes. The tiny pack size makes it convenient to carry without taking up valuable pack space.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose the \u003ca title=\"DD Tarp Small, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-tarp-small\"\u003eTarp Small\u003c\/a\u003e (440g, same dimensions) if you prefer heavier polyester fabric. Choose the \u003ca title=\"DD Tarp 2x2, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-tarp-2x2\"\u003eTarp 2x2\u003c\/a\u003e (460g, 4 square metres) for the most compact square shape. Choose the \u003ca title=\"DD Tarp Medium, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-tarp-medium\"\u003eTarp Medium\u003c\/a\u003e (790g, 8.7 square metres) for hammock camping or when you want more coverage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDD Superlight Tarp Small Complementary Equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePair this tarp with ultralight \u003ca title=\"tarp suspension accessories for hammock camping, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/collections\/tarp-suspension-accessories\"\u003eguy lines and stakes\u003c\/a\u003e for securing the tarp. Use DD Cord or Amsteel Rope for ridgelines in lean-to or A-frame setups. For bivvy camping, combine with a bivvy bag or ultralight sleeping bag.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDD Superlight Tarp Small Limitations to Consider\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 2.8m x 1.5m size (4.2 square metres) is too small for hammock camping. The 1.5 metre width does not provide adequate coverage on each side of a hammock. For hammock camping, choose the \u003ca title=\"DD Tarp Medium, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-tarp-medium\"\u003eTarp Medium\u003c\/a\u003e which provides proper coverage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 20D ripstop nylon fabric requires more care to avoid punctures from sharp rocks and sticks compared to heavier polyester tarps. Clear your camping area thoroughly before setup and handle the tarp carefully to avoid snagging the fabric on sharp objects.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe small coverage is adequate for solo bivvy camping but feels tight compared to larger tarps. Taller users or those carrying extensive gear may find the coverage insufficient.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDD Superlight Tarp Small Care and Maintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHandle the tarp carefully during setup and takedown to avoid snagging the 20D fabric on sharp objects. Clear your camping area of rocks, sticks, and anything that could puncture the fabric.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAllow the tarp to dry completely before packing for long-term storage. The silicone coating resists mildew better than PU coatings, but moisture can still cause problems if stored wet. Store the tarp loosely in its stuff sack rather than compressed tightly for extended periods.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInspect the tarp regularly for small tears or punctures. Repair damage promptly using silicone-based repair tape or patches designed for silicone-coated fabrics. Standard PU-based repair tape does not adhere well to silicone coatings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDD Superlight Tarp Small Advice from Wylies Outdoor World Fife Scotland\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca title=\"Outdoor Gear and Equipment, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/pages\/gear\"\u003eWylies Outdoor World's\u003c\/a\u003e owner \u003ca title=\"Meet Drew Wylie, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/blogs\/meet-our-team\/meet-drew-wylie\"\u003eDrew\u003c\/a\u003e has personally tested every DD Hammocks product over almost a decade, using them 4 nights a week in the best and worst weather the UK has to offer. This extensive field testing provides real-world knowledge of when the Superlight Tarp Small makes sense versus other small tarp options.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eQuestions about choosing between Superlight Tarp Small, Tarp Small, Tarp 2x2, or Tarp Medium? Need advice on ultralight bivvy camping? \u003ca title=\"Contact Wylies Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003eContact us\u003c\/a\u003e for guidance based on years of hands-on experience with DD Hammocks equipment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDD Superlight Tarp Small Frequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eHow much does the Superlight Tarp Small weigh?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe tarp weighs 260g excluding pegs and guy lines. The total system weight including 4 Superlight pegs and guy lines is approximately 350g, making it the lightest tarp in the DD range.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eCan I use the Superlight Tarp Small for hammock camping?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo, the 2.8m x 1.5m size is too small for hammock camping. The 1.5 metre width does not provide adequate coverage on each side of a hammock. Choose the Tarp Medium (2.9m x 3m) for hammock camping.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eHow does the Superlight Tarp Small compare to the Tarp Small?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBoth have the same 2.8m x 1.5m dimensions. The Superlight weighs 260g using 20D ripstop nylon. The Tarp Small weighs 440g using heavier 190T polyester. Choose the Superlight for minimum weight, or the Tarp Small if you prefer heavier fabric.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat is the Superlight Tarp Small best used for?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Superlight Tarp Small works best for ultralight ground bivvy camping, day shelters, emergency shelter during day hikes, or as a groundsheet. The 260g weight and tiny pack size make it suitable for minimalist camping.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDoes the tarp include pegs?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the Superlight Tarp Small includes 4 Superlight pegs and guy lines, plus a stuff sack. You must purchase ridgelines separately for lean-to or A-frame setups.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhy choose the Superlight Tarp Small over the Tarp 2x2?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Superlight Tarp Small weighs 260g compared to 460g for the Tarp 2x2. The Superlight provides slightly more coverage (4.2 vs 4 square metres) at lower weight. Choose the 2x2 if you prefer a square shape or heavier polyester fabric.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eCan the Superlight Tarp Small fit in a jacket pocket?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the tiny pack size allows it to fit in jacket pockets, making it convenient for emergency shelter during day hikes without taking up valuable pack space.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat are the advantages of 20D ripstop nylon?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 20D ripstop nylon is lighter, packs down smaller, and is less prone to folding damage over time compared to 190T polyester. The fabric requires more care to avoid punctures from sharp objects, but provides the same waterproof protection at significantly lower weight.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"DD Hammocks","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":20233269706852,"sku":"superlightsmall","price":48.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0028\/5812\/3364\/files\/DDHAMMOCKSsuperlighttarpsinuse5.webp?v=1739648842"},{"product_id":"dd-superlight-tarp-tent","title":"DD Superlight Tarp Tent","description":"\u003ch2\u003eDD Superlight Tarp Tent - Ultra-Lightweight Solo Camping Shelter\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/collections\/dd-hammocks\" style=\"color: green;\" title=\"DD Hammocks collection Fife Scotland UK\"\u003eDD Hammocks Superlight Tarp Tent\u003c\/a\u003e delivers the ultimate lightweight camping solution for solo adventurers exploring the Scottish Highlands, Welsh valleys, and UK wilderness areas. At just 710g, this frameless single-layer shelter provides reliable protection without the weight penalty of traditional tents.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose the DD Superlight Tarp Tent for Solo Camping Adventures\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe DD Superlight Tarp Tent is a great solution while travelling light or for minimal backpacking. Frameless and single-layered, it's designed to be as light as possible: simply prop up the foot end with the spreader bar provided, and the top end with either 1 or 2 hiking poles.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eVentilated, Waterproof, and Bug-Free Design\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"DD Hammocks Superlight Tarp tent from Wylie's Outdoor World UK size info 1\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0028\/5812\/3364\/files\/DD_SL_Tarp_Tent_high_res_floor_plan_02_copy_1024x1024.jpg?v=1740311679\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003cp\u003eSpacious enough for a solo camper plus a rucksack, the DD Superlight Tarp Tent gives you shelter and protection from insects when you need it most. With a 3,000mm PU coating and a sheltered side door, it'll keep you dry in stormy weather while its 3 air vents prevent condensation inside.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eTechnical Specifications for Outdoor Enthusiasts\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg alt=\"DD Hammocks Superlight Tarp Tent from Wylie's Outdoor World size info 2\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0028\/5812\/3364\/files\/DD_SL_Tarp_Tent_high_res_floor_plan_01_copy_1024x1024.jpg?v=1740311773\" style=\"margin-bottom: 16px; float: none;\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch4\u003eShelter Dimensions and Weight\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSize: L 250cm, W 150cm, H 95cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eColour: Army Green (ideal for natural camouflage in UK woodlands)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight: 710g (excluding pegs and guy lines)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for 1 person plus rucksack\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMade from single-layered SuperLight ripstop nylon, with 3,000mm fully waterproof PU coating throughout\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch4\u003eAdvanced Camping Equipment Features\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 light, foldable pole to support the foot end\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFine mesh inner door, to keep insects out and allow ventilation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTaped seams for complete weather protection\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSmall porch to direct water away from the entrance - can be rolled up and fastened out of the way\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3 vents to increase airflow and prevent condensation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 x fabric caps, loops, and eyelet straps at the front to slot hiking poles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 optional guy-out points (2 at either end) for extra security in windy conditions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eRecommended Solo Camping Accessories and Upgrades\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eEnhance your solo camping setup with these compatible accessories from \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/collections\/dd-hammocks\" style=\"color: green;\" title=\"DD Hammocks collection Fife Scotland UK\"\u003eDD Hammocks\u003c\/a\u003e:\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-nato-green-mini-line-loks-pack-of-12\" style=\"color: green;\" title=\"Nato Green Mini Line-Loks Fife Scotland UK\"\u003eNato Green Mini Line-Loks\u003c\/a\u003e - Secure guy line adjustment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-hiking-pole\" style=\"color: green;\" title=\"DD Hiking Pole Fife Scotland UK\"\u003eDD Hiking Pole\u003c\/a\u003e - Essential for setup\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-bergen-rucksack-back-order-deal\" style=\"color: green;\" title=\"DD Bergen Rucksack Fife Scotland UK\"\u003eDD Bergen Rucksack\u003c\/a\u003e - Complete your kit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-dd-super-light-tarps\" style=\"color: green;\" title=\"DD Superlight Tarp Fife Scotland UK\"\u003eDD Superlight Tarp\u003c\/a\u003e - Additional weather protection\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSmart Cross-Selling for Complete Camping Solutions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eComplete your lightweight camping system with these items:\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/collections\/sleeping-bags\" style=\"color: green;\" title=\"Lightweight Sleeping Bags Fife Scotland UK\"\u003eLightweight Sleeping Bags\u003c\/a\u003e - Stay warm in your shelter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/collections\/bushcraft-cooking\" style=\"color: green;\" title=\"Compact Cooking Equipment Fife Scotland UK\"\u003eCompact Cooking Equipment\u003c\/a\u003e - Fuel your adventures\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/collections\/water-filtration\" style=\"color: green;\" title=\"Water Filtration Systems Fife Scotland UK\"\u003eWater Filtration Systems\u003c\/a\u003e - Safe hydration anywhere\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions About Solo Camping Shelters\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWhat hiking poles work with the DD Superlight Tarp Tent?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe tent accommodates standard hiking poles through the fabric caps and eyelet straps at the front. The \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-hiking-pole\" style=\"color: green;\" title=\"DD Hiking Pole Fife Scotland UK\"\u003eDD Hiking Pole\u003c\/a\u003e is specifically designed for compatibility.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eHow does the 3000mm waterproof rating perform in Scottish weather?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 3000mm PU coating provides reliable protection against heavy rain common in the Scottish Highlands and Welsh valleys. The taped seams ensure complete weather sealing.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eIs this tent suitable for winter camping in the UK?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eWhile designed for three-season use, the tent can handle mild winter conditions when paired with appropriate sleeping systems. Consider the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/collections\/sleeping-bags\" style=\"color: green;\" title=\"Winter-rated sleeping bags Fife Scotland UK\"\u003ewinter-rated sleeping bags\u003c\/a\u003e for cold weather camping.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eHow quickly can I set up this shelter?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eWith practice, setup takes 5-10 minutes. The simple design with one spreader bar and hiking pole support makes it ideal for quick deployment during weather changes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWhat ground conditions work best for this tent?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe tent works on various terrains common across UK camping locations. Soft ground allows for secure pegging, while rocky areas may require additional guy-line anchoring.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003ePersonal Service from Wylies Outdoor World\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/pages\/gear\" style=\"color: green;\" title=\"Wylies Outdoor World gear page Fife Scotland UK\"\u003eWylies Outdoor World's\u003c\/a\u003e owner \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/blogs\/meet-our-team\/meet-drew-wylie\" style=\"color: green;\" title=\"Drew Wylie owner Fife Scotland UK\"\u003eDrew\u003c\/a\u003e has extensive experience with lightweight camping equipment across Scottish terrain. For personalised advice on solo camping setups or equipment selection, please \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/pages\/contact-us\" style=\"color: green;\" title=\"Contact us Fife Scotland UK\"\u003econtact us\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eExplore More Tent Camping Equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/pages\/tent-camping\" style=\"color: green;\" title=\"Complete Tent Camping Guide Fife Scotland UK\"\u003eComplete Tent Camping Guide\u003c\/a\u003e - Setup tips and techniques\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/collections\/tents\" style=\"color: green;\" title=\"All Camping Tents Fife Scotland UK\"\u003eAll Camping Tents\u003c\/a\u003e - Compare shelter options\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/collections\/tent-accessories-1\" style=\"color: green;\" title=\"Tent Accessories Fife Scotland UK\"\u003eTent Accessories\u003c\/a\u003e - Complete your setup\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"DD Hammocks","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":20233321119844,"sku":"ddlighttarptent","price":136.62,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0028\/5812\/3364\/files\/DDHammocksSuperlightTarptentfromWylie_sOutdoorWorkdUKinuse6.webp?v=1740311633"},{"product_id":"dd-superlight-pyramid-tent","title":"DD Superlight Pyramid Tent","description":"\u003ch2\u003eDD Hammocks Superlight Pyramid Tent\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/collections\/dd-hammocks\" title=\"DD Hammocks Collection - Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\"\u003eDD Hammocks\u003c\/a\u003e Superlight Pyramid Tent is designed to be used on top of the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-superlight-pyramid-mesh-tent\" title=\"DD Superlight Pyramid Mesh Tent - Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\"\u003eDD Superlight Pyramid Mesh Tent\u003c\/a\u003e (sold separately) to create a 2-layer tipi style set-up.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWith slim pegging tabs and a central top loop, the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/collections\/tents\" title=\"Camping Tents - Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\"\u003etent\u003c\/a\u003e can be pitched in 2 ways, either suspended from a branch or overhead point using guy rope or propped up from underneath using just 1 hiking pole. Spacious for a solo camper plus a rucksack, or comfortable for 2 people.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eVentilated and Waterproof\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSpacious for a solo camper plus a rucksack, or comfortable for 2 people, this tent has a 3000mm PU coating plus a sheltered side door, so it'll keep you dry in stormy weather. Its air vent prevents condensation inside too.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/collections\/dd-hammocks\" title=\"DD Hammocks Collection - Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\"\u003eDD Hammocks\u003c\/a\u003e SuperLight Pyramid Tent can be used either on its own or with the mesh tent to camp on a backpacking adventure or simply as a day shelter on a hike.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSize: L 260cm, W 245cm, H 120cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eColour: Olive Green\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight: 460g excluding pegs and guylines\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIncludes: Tent, superlight pegs x 13, guylines (2m) x 5\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for 1 person (plus rucksack) or 2 people\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMade from single-layered SuperLight ripstop nylon, with 3,000mm fully waterproof PU coating throughout\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 central top loop to tie off to an overhead point or tree\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTaped Seams\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe zippered entrance can be rolled up and fastened out the way\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSmall back wall vent to increase airflow and prevent condensation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 optional guy-out points (1 at each corner) for extra security in windy conditions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eComplete DD Hammocks System\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCombine the DD Superlight Pyramid Tent with other \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/collections\/dd-hammocks\" title=\"DD Hammocks Collection - Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\"\u003eDD Hammocks\u003c\/a\u003e products for comprehensive outdoor adventures:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eEssential DD Hammocks Products\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-superlight-pyramid-mesh-tent\" title=\"DD Superlight Pyramid Mesh Tent - Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\"\u003eDD SuperLight Pyramid Mesh Tent\u003c\/a\u003e - Inner mesh tent for bug protection\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-superlight-tarp\" title=\"DD Superlight Tarp - Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\"\u003eSuperlight Tarp\u003c\/a\u003e - Alternative shelter option\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-superlight-hammock\" title=\"DD Superlight Hammock - Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\"\u003eDD Superlight Hammock\u003c\/a\u003e - Ultralight hammock option\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-bergen-rucksack\" title=\"DD Bergen Rucksack - Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\"\u003eDD Bergen Rucksack\u003c\/a\u003e - Hiking and camping backpack\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDD Hammocks Accessories\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-hiking-pole\" title=\"DD Hiking Pole - Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\"\u003eDD Hiking Pole\u003c\/a\u003e - Single pole setup support\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-nato-green-mini-line-loks-pack-of-12\" title=\"DD Nato Green Mini Line Loks - Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\"\u003eNato Green Mini Line-Loks\u003c\/a\u003e - Guy line tensioning\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/collections\/tent-accessories\" title=\"Tent Accessories - Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\"\u003eMore Tent Accessories\u003c\/a\u003e - Additional tent equipment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSetup Options\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis versatile tent offers two primary setup methods:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSuspended Setup:\u003c\/strong\u003e Use the central top loop to tie off to an overhead point or tree branch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePole Setup:\u003c\/strong\u003e Prop up from underneath using a single hiking pole for ground-based camping\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eComplete Camping Tents Collection\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse our complete \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/collections\/tents\" title=\"Camping Tents - Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\"\u003ecamping tents\u003c\/a\u003e collection for additional shelter options from DD Hammocks and other leading outdoor brands.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eComplete DD Hammocks Collection\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse the complete \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/collections\/dd-hammocks\" title=\"DD Hammocks Collection - Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\"\u003eDD Hammocks collection\u003c\/a\u003e for additional outdoor gear and accessories. Visit our comprehensive \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/pages\/hammock-camping\" title=\"Hammock Camping Guide - Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\"\u003eHammock Camping Collection\u003c\/a\u003e for curated equipment selections for comfortable outdoor adventures.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePersonal Service and Expert Advice\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/pages\/gear\" title=\"Wylie's Outdoor World Gear - Fife, Scotland, UK\"\u003eWylies Outdoor World's\u003c\/a\u003e owner \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/blogs\/meet-our-team\/meet-drew-wylie\" title=\"Meet Drew Wylie - Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\"\u003eDrew\u003c\/a\u003e has extensive experience with ultralight tent systems and can provide guidance on setup and configuration options. For advice on tent selection and ultralight camping systems, please \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/pages\/contact-us\" title=\"Contact Us - Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\"\u003econtact us\u003c\/a\u003e - we're here to help ensure you have effective shelter for your outdoor adventures.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDo I need the mesh tent to use this?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo, the DD Superlight Pyramid Tent can be used on its own as a waterproof shelter. The mesh tent is optional and provides additional bug protection when used together.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eHow many people does this accommodate?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe tent is spacious for one person plus rucksack, or comfortable for two people. The pyramid design maximizes interior space.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat setup options are available?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou can either suspend it from an overhead point using the central top loop, or prop it up from underneath using a single hiking pole.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat is the waterproof rating?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe tent features 3,000mm fully waterproof PU coating with taped seams, providing reliable protection in stormy weather conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eHow does ventilation work?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe tent includes a small back wall vent to increase airflow and prevent condensation, plus the zippered entrance can be rolled up for additional ventilation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat accessories do I need?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe tent includes superlight pegs and guylines. For pole setup, you'll need a hiking pole. Consider the DD Superlight Pyramid Mesh Tent for bug protection.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"DD Hammocks","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":20233324331108,"sku":"ddpyramidlight","price":86.25,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0028\/5812\/3364\/files\/DDHammocksSuperlightPyramidtentfromWylie_sOutdoorWorldinusefrontviewopen.webp?v=1740586744"},{"product_id":"dd-superlight-pyramid-mesh-tent","title":"DD Superlight Pyramid Mesh Tent","description":"\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv dir=\"ltr\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003eThe frame-free DD Superlight Pyramid Mesh Tent is a great solution when travelling light or for minimal backpacking. With slim pegging tabs and a central top loop, the DD Superlight Pyramid Mesh Tent can be rigged in 2 ways, either suspended from a branch or overhead point using guy rope or propped up from underneath using just 1 hiking pole.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cdiv dir=\"ltr\"\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv dir=\"ltr\"\u003eThe DD SuperLight Pyramid Mesh Tent is spacious for a solo camper plus a rucksack or comfortable for 2 people. \u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cdiv dir=\"ltr\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv dir=\"ltr\"\u003e\n\u003cspan\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv dir=\"ltr\"\u003eUsed with the \u003cspan style=\"color: #00aaff;\"\u003e\u003ca rel=\"noopener noreferrer\" style=\"color: #00aaff;\" title=\"DD Superlight Pyramid Tent\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/collections\/tents\/products\/dd-superlight-pyramid-tent\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eDD SuperLight Pyramid Tent\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e as an outer waterproof layer, it's ideal for camping in any terrain from woodlands to beaches to hilltops. If you're using it without its outer counterpart, you can enjoy it on a trip simply as protection from tropical insects (or from Scottish midges)!\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"font-s\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNote: \u003c\/strong\u003eIt is not waterproof on its own.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"font-s\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"font-s\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv dir=\"ltr\"\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv dir=\"ltr\"\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSize: L 200cm, W 185cm, H 120cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eColour: Olive Green\/ Black\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight: 565g excluding pegs \u0026amp; guys\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIncludes: Tent, 4 x superlight pegs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for 1 person (plus rucksack) or 2 people\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFeatures:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMade from ultra-fine bug mesh and single-layered SuperLight ripstop nylon, with 3,000mm fully waterproof PU-coated floor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCentral reinforcement at the top to accommodate a hiking pole\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 internal storage pockets\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTaped seams\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCentral top loop to tie off to an overhead point or tree\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eZippered arc entrance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMetal eyelet in centre of tent floor to slot your hiking pole\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePegs to secure the floor to the ground\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended accessories:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #00aaff;\"\u003e\u003ca style=\"color: #00aaff;\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\" title=\"DD Nato Green Mini Line Loks\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-nato-green-mini-line-loks-pack-of-12?_pos=1\u0026amp;_sid=4dda39576\u0026amp;_ss=r\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eNato Green Mini Line-Loks\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #00aaff;\"\u003e\u003ca style=\"color: #00aaff;\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\" title=\"DD Hiking Pole\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-hiking-pole?_pos=1\u0026amp;_sid=c9f850d94\u0026amp;_ss=r\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eDD Hiking Pole\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #00aaff;\"\u003e\u003ca style=\"color: #00aaff;\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\" title=\"DD Superlight Pyramid Tent\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-superlight-pyramid-tent?_pos=1\u0026amp;_sid=4c3f49138\u0026amp;_ss=r\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eDD SuperLight Pyramid Tent\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #00aaff;\"\u003e\u003ca rel=\"noopener noreferrer\" style=\"color: #00aaff;\" title=\"DD Superlight Tarp\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-dd-super-light-tarps?_pos=1\u0026amp;_sid=69562dcc7\u0026amp;_ss=r\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eSuperlight Tarp\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #00aaff;\"\u003e\u003ca rel=\"noopener noreferrer\" style=\"color: #00aaff;\" title=\"Tent Accessories\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/collections\/tent-accessories-1\/\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eMore Tent Accessories\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"DD Hammocks","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":20233330327652,"sku":"ddmeshtent","price":64.62,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0028\/5812\/3364\/files\/DDHammocksSuperlightPyramidMeshTentfromWylie_sOutdoorWorldinuse3.webp?v=1740590362"},{"product_id":"dd-superlight-a-frame-mesh-tent","title":"DD Superlight A-Frame Mesh Tent","description":"\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eThe DD Superlight A-Frame Mesh Tent is a great solution when travelling or for minimal backpacking. Designed to be propped up at either end using hiking poles, this tent fits into one small bag.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv dir=\"ltr\"\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv dir=\"ltr\"\u003eThe DD Superlight A-Frame Mesh Tent is spacious enough for 2 campers plus a rucksack. Used with a tarp as shelter, this tent is ideal for camping in anything from woodland, hilltop, beach, or moorland environments. If you're using it without shelter, its ultra-fine netting means you can enjoy it while travelling simply as protection from insects.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv dir=\"ltr\"\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv dir=\"ltr\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNote: \u003c\/strong\u003e2 x \u003ca title=\"DD Hammocks Hiking Poles\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-hiking-pole\"\u003ehiking poles\u003c\/a\u003e are required for set-up (Sold separately). \u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: start;\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0028\/5812\/3364\/files\/DD_Hammocks_Superlight_A-Frame_Mesh_Tent_from_Wylie_s_Outdoor_World_size_detail_illistration_1024x1024.webp?v=1740589059\" alt=\"DD Hammocks Superlight A-Frame Mesh Tent Size illustration \" style=\"margin-bottom: 16px; float: none;\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\" dir=\"ltr\"\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv dir=\"ltr\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv dir=\"ltr\"\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\" dir=\"ltr\"\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSize: L 210cm, W 130cm, H 110cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eColour: Olive Green\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight: 730g excluding pegs \u0026amp; guys\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIncludes: Tent, Superlight pegs x 8, guylines (2m) x 2, stuff sack\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for 2 people (plus rucksacks) \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFeatures:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMade from ultra-fine bug mesh and single-layered SuperLight ripstop nylon, with 3,000mm fully waterproof PU-coated floor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 internal storage pockets\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTaped seams\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExtra loops on the edges, to guy out for extra stability in windy conditions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3 entrances: 1 vertical zip at each end, and a U-shaped door on one side\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFabric caps at both ends to slot hiking poles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePegs to secure the floor to the ground\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended accessories:\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv dir=\"ltr\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #00aaff;\"\u003e\u003ca style=\"color: #00aaff;\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\" title=\"DD Nato Green Mini Line Loks\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-nato-green-mini-line-loks-pack-of-12?_pos=1\u0026amp;_sid=fd0af4655\u0026amp;_ss=r\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eNato Green Mini Line-Loks\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #00aaff;\"\u003e\u003ca style=\"color: #00aaff;\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\" title=\"DD Hiking Pole\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-hiking-pole?_pos=1\u0026amp;_sid=12697fc73\u0026amp;_ss=r\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eDD Hiking Pole\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #00aaff;\"\u003e\u003ca style=\"color: #00aaff;\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\" title=\"DD Superlight XL Tarp\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-superlight-tarp-xl-olive-green?_pos=1\u0026amp;_sid=b17f6d1bf\u0026amp;_ss=r\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eDD SuperLight Tarp\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #00aaff;\"\u003e\u003ca rel=\"noopener noreferrer\" style=\"color: #00aaff;\" title=\"Tent Accessories\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/collections\/tent-accessories-1\/\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eMore Tent Accessories\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"DD Hammocks","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":20233332424804,"sku":"ddaframemesh","price":76.88,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0028\/5812\/3364\/files\/DDHammocksSuperlightA-FrameMeshTentfromWylie_sOutdoorWorldinuse.webp?v=1740588697"},{"product_id":"dd-superlight-pathfinder-mesh-tent","title":"DD Superlight Pathfinder Mesh Inner Tent","description":"\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv dir=\"ltr\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003eFrameless and single-layered, the DD Superlight Pathfinder Mesh Tent is designed to be as light as possible and set up in no time. Simply prop up the foot end with the spreader bar provided, and the top end with either 1 or 2 hiking poles. \u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv dir=\"ltr\"\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv dir=\"ltr\"\u003eSpacious enough for a solo camper plus a rucksack, the Pathfinder Mesh Tent features fine insect mesh that’ll keep any size of bug at bay. \u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eThe DD Hammocks Superlight Inner Mesh Tent is designed to be used with the DD Hammocks Superlight Tent (Sold Seperatly)\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg alt=\"dd superlight pathfinder inner mesh tent used with the rain sheet illistration\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0028\/5812\/3364\/files\/P1100061_1024x1024.jpg?v=1740313066\" style=\"margin-bottom: 16px; float: none;\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInsect Proof with a waterproof floor:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv dir=\"ltr\"\u003eThis tent is designed to be used in conjunction with the\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eDD SuperLight Pathfinder Tent, to provide a fully waterproof and bug-proof camping system but setting up a\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eDD SuperLight Tarp\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eoverhead will ensure you are kept safe from the rain too.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cdiv dir=\"ltr\" style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg alt=\"DD Hammocks Superlight Pathfinder Tent infographic \" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0028\/5812\/3364\/files\/SL_Pathfinder_tent_floor_plan-S1_1024x1024.jpg?v=1740312914\" style=\"margin-bottom: 16px; float: none;\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv dir=\"ltr\"\u003e\n\u003cb\u003e\u003cimg\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv dir=\"ltr\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv dir=\"ltr\"\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv dir=\"ltr\"\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSize: L 230cm, W 140cm, H 100cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eColour: Olive Green\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight: 510g Excluding pegs \u0026amp; guylines\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIncludes: Tent, 1 x spreader bar, 4 x 2m guy lines, 8 pegs, stuff sack\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for 1 person (plus rucksack)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFeatures:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMade from ultra-fine bug mesh and single-layered SuperLight ripstop nylon, with 3,000mm fully waterproof PU-coated floor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 internal storage pockets\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTaped seams\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3 fabric caps at the entrance, allowing it to be propped up with either 1 or 2 hiking poles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTriple-zipped, roll-up doorway\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpreader bar to prop up the foot end\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePegs to secure the floor to the ground, and guy lines to tension the structure\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended accessories:\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv dir=\"ltr\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #00aaff;\"\u003e\u003ca style=\"color: #00aaff;\" title=\"DD Bergen\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-bergen-rucksack-back-order-deal?_pos=1\u0026amp;_sid=525c45bbb\u0026amp;_ss=r\"\u003eDD Bergen Rucksack\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #00aaff;\"\u003e\u003ca style=\"color: #00aaff;\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\" title=\"DD Hiking Pole\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-hiking-pole?_pos=1\u0026amp;_sid=880733c9a\u0026amp;_ss=r\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eDD Hiking Pole\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #00aaff;\"\u003e\u003ca style=\"color: #00aaff;\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\" title=\"DD Superlight XL Tarp\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-superlight-tarp-xl-olive-green?_pos=1\u0026amp;_sid=9f320ff5c\u0026amp;_ss=r\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eDD SuperLight Tarp\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #00aaff;\"\u003e\u003ca rel=\"noopener noreferrer\" style=\"color: #00aaff;\" title=\"DD Nato Green Mini Line-Loks (Pack of 12)\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-nato-green-mini-line-loks-pack-of-12?_pos=1\u0026amp;_sid=47bae84ef\u0026amp;_ss=r\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eDD Nato Green Mini Line Loks\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #00aaff;\"\u003e\u003ca rel=\"noopener noreferrer\" style=\"color: #00aaff;\" title=\"Tent Accessories\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/collections\/tent-accessories-1\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eMore Tent Accessories\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"DD Hammocks","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":20233344680036,"sku":"DDpathmesh","price":82.5,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0028\/5812\/3364\/files\/DDHammocksPathFindermeshinnertentatWylie_sOutdoorWorldUKinuse4.webp?v=1740312839"},{"product_id":"dd-chill-out-hammocks","title":"DD Chill Out Hammock 530g Leisure Camping and Garden Relaxation","description":"\u003ch2\u003eDD Chill Out Hammock 530g Leisure Camping and Garden Relaxation\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEnjoy comfortable outdoor relaxation with the DD Chill Out Hammock, designed for leisure campers, garden enthusiasts, and outdoor adventurers who prioritize comfort over ultralight specifications. This 530g leisure hammock features easy setup and comfortable ripstop nylon construction, making it perfect for car camping, festivals, garden use, and casual outdoor adventures where relaxation is the priority.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eLeisure Hammock Design and Construction\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe DD Chill Out Hammock delivers comfortable outdoor relaxation through thoughtful design:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e530g Weight\u003c\/strong\u003e - Balanced comfort and portability for leisure use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRipstop Nylon Construction\u003c\/strong\u003e - Durable fabric for extended relaxation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEasy Setup System\u003c\/strong\u003e - Quick deployment for immediate comfort\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eComfortable Design\u003c\/strong\u003e - Optimized for lounging and relaxation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompact Stuff Sack\u003c\/strong\u003e - Easy storage and transport\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMultiple Colours\u003c\/strong\u003e - Electric Blue, Sunset Orange, Olive Green\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAvailable Colours for Different Environments\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eElectric Blue\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBest For:\u003c\/strong\u003e Beach camping and lakeside relaxation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVisibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e Bright colour for easy location\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStyle:\u003c\/strong\u003e Modern and vibrant outdoor aesthetic\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eSunset Orange\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBest For:\u003c\/strong\u003e Festival camping and garden use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVisibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e High visibility for safety\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStyle:\u003c\/strong\u003e Warm and inviting colour choice\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eOlive Green\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBest For:\u003c\/strong\u003e Woodland camping and natural settings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDiscretion:\u003c\/strong\u003e Blends with natural environments\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStyle:\u003c\/strong\u003e Classic outdoor colour\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTechnical Specifications for Leisure Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 530g - comfortable balance of weight and durability\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ripstop nylon construction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSetup:\u003c\/strong\u003e Easy suspension system for quick deployment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePacked Size:\u003c\/strong\u003e Compact stuff sack for transport\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eApplication:\u003c\/strong\u003e Leisure camping and garden relaxation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColours:\u003c\/strong\u003e Electric Blue, Sunset Orange, Olive Green\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e DD Hammocks quality construction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eRecommended Hammock Camping Equipment and Accessories\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eComplete your hammock relaxation setup with compatible equipment from \u003ca title=\"DD Hammocks Camping Equipment Tarps Suspension Wylie's Outdoor World Fife Scotland UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/collections\/dd-hammocks\"\u003eDD Hammocks\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca title=\"Hammock Camping Guide Equipment Setup Wylie's Outdoor World Fife Scotland UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/pages\/hammock-camping\"\u003eHammock Camping\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca title=\"Hammock Camping Equipment Tarps Suspension Accessories Wylie's Outdoor World Fife Scotland UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/collections\/hammock-camping\"\u003eHammock Camping Equipment\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca title=\"Camping Hammocks Leisure Outdoor Relaxation Wylie's Outdoor World Fife Scotland UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/collections\/hammocks\"\u003eCamping Hammocks\u003c\/a\u003e, and \u003ca title=\"Camping Tarps Weather Protection Outdoor Shelter Wylie's Outdoor World Fife Scotland UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/collections\/camping-tarps\"\u003eCamping Tarps\u003c\/a\u003e:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eLeisure Camping and Garden Applications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis DD Chill Out Hammock excels in various relaxation scenarios:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGarden Relaxation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Perfect for backyard lounging and reading\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCar Camping:\u003c\/strong\u003e Comfortable setup at established campsites\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFestival Camping:\u003c\/strong\u003e Easy relaxation between events\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBeach and Lakeside:\u003c\/strong\u003e Comfortable lounging near water\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCasual Wild Camping:\u003c\/strong\u003e Relaxation during day trips\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOutdoor Events:\u003c\/strong\u003e Portable comfort for gatherings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhy Choose DD Hammocks for Leisure?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDD Hammocks has been creating outdoor relaxation solutions since 2008, focusing on comfort and reliability for outdoor enthusiasts. The Chill Out Hammock represents their commitment to accessible outdoor comfort, providing quality construction without the complexity of technical features.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat Makes This Leisure Hammock Special?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUnlike technical camping hammocks, the DD Chill Out focuses purely on comfort and ease of use. The ripstop nylon construction provides durability for regular use, while the straightforward setup system makes it accessible for users of all experience levels.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eHow Easy Is the Setup Process?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe DD Chill Out Hammock features a simple suspension system that sets up quickly between trees or anchor points. The easy deployment makes it perfect for spontaneous relaxation without complex adjustments or technical knowledge.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhich Colour Should I Choose?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eColour choice depends on your primary use environment. Electric Blue suits beach and lakeside use, Sunset Orange works well for festivals and high-visibility applications, while Olive Green blends naturally in woodland and garden settings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDo I Need Additional Suspension Equipment?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe hammock works with basic suspension systems, but consider adding DD Tree Huggers for tree protection and DD Whoopie Suspension for adjustable setup. These accessories enhance the relaxation experience and protect natural anchor points.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePersonal Service from Wylie's Outdoor World\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca title=\"Outdoor Gear Equipment Hammock Camping Relaxation Wylie's Outdoor World Fife Scotland UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/pages\/gear\"\u003eWylie's Outdoor World's\u003c\/a\u003e owner \u003ca title=\"Meet Drew Wylie Hammock Camping Expert Outdoor Equipment Wylie's Outdoor World Fife Scotland UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/blogs\/meet-our-team\/meet-drew-wylie\"\u003eDrew\u003c\/a\u003e has extensive experience with hammock systems and can provide guidance on choosing the right hammock for your relaxation needs. Whether you're planning garden use or leisure camping, we're here to help you choose comfortable solutions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHave questions about hammock setup or need advice on compatible accessories? \u003ca title=\"Contact Hammock Camping Experts Outdoor Equipment Wylie's Outdoor World Fife Scotland UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003eContact us\u003c\/a\u003e for personalized recommendations based on your specific relaxation and outdoor comfort needs.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"DD Hammocks","offers":[{"title":"Electric Blue","offer_id":20233392947300,"sku":"chillham-Electric Blue","price":35.08,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Sunset Orange","offer_id":20233392980068,"sku":"chillham-Sunset Orange","price":35.08,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Olive Green","offer_id":20233393012836,"sku":"chillham-Olive Green","price":35.08,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0028\/5812\/3364\/files\/DDHammocksChilloutHammockinuse.webp?v=1739984131"},{"product_id":"dd-frontline-hammock","title":"DD Frontline Hammock with Double Layer Mosquito Net","description":"\u003ch2\u003eDD Frontline Hammock 850g Double Layer Mosquito Net UK Wild Camping Bushcraft\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003ca title=\"DD Hammocks complete range tarps hammocks accessories, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/collections\/dd-hammocks\"\u003eDD Hammocks\u003c\/a\u003e Frontline Hammock weighs 850g and provides all season camping comfort with built in ultra fine mosquito net. This 2.7m x 1.4m double layer hammock accommodates users up to 6ft 5\" and 125kg, making it the most popular choice for UK \u003ca title=\"hammock camping guide setup instructions equipment advice, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/pages\/hammock-camping\"\u003ehammock camping\u003c\/a\u003e adventures across Scottish Highlands, Welsh valleys, and UK woodland.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe double layer construction allows sleeping mats or underblanket insertion for winter camping, while the breathable design keeps you cool in summer. The ultra fine mosquito net protects against Scottish midges and insects, with flexible setup options including zipped closed, rolled back, or hammock flipped for open lounging.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDD Frontline Hammock 850g Weight Double Layer Construction Winter Insulation\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 850g weight includes the hammock, built in mosquito net, 60cm spreader poles, and elastic cord. This makes the Frontline Hammock heavier than the \u003ca title=\"DD Superlight Frontline Hammock 620g single layer 100kg, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-superlight-frontline-hammock\"\u003eDD Superlight Frontline Hammock\u003c\/a\u003e (620g single layer) but provides the double layer construction that accommodates insulation for cold weather camping in Scottish Highlands and UK mountains.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe double layer design separates into a breathable base layer and top layer with velcro closure. Insert a partially inflated sleeping mat between layers for added insulation, or attach an underblanket using the 4 corner tabs for comprehensive underside warmth in winter conditions down to minus 5°C.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDD Frontline Hammock 2.7m x 1.4m Size Comfortable Users Up To 6ft 5\"\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 2.7m x 1.4m dimensions accommodate users up to 6ft 5\" (196cm) comfortably. This standard size works for most adults, providing adequate length for diagonal sleeping position that creates a flatter lay compared to lying straight along the hammock length.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor taller users or those wanting extra space, the \u003ca title=\"DD Frontline Hammock King Size 1250g 3.2m 1.7m 125kg, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-frontline-hammock-king-size\"\u003eDD Frontline Hammock King Size\u003c\/a\u003e measures 3.2m x 1.7m and weighs 1250g. For children, the \u003ca title=\"DD Junior Frontline Hammock 750g 1.9m 1.1m kids 4ft, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-hammocks-junior-frontline-hammock\"\u003eDD Junior Frontline Hammock\u003c\/a\u003e at 1.9m x 1.1m suits users up to 4ft (120cm).\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDD Frontline Hammock Built In Mosquito Net Ultra Fine Mesh Scottish Midges\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe permanently attached mosquito net uses ultra fine mesh that blocks Scottish midges, mosquitoes, and small insects. The net suspends on two 60cm spreader poles with elastic cord, creating interior space that prevents the mesh from touching your face during sleep.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe mosquito net features double sided zippers for easy entry from either side. Zip the net fully closed for complete bug protection during Scottish Highland camping, roll it back and secure on the spreader poles for open lounging, or flip the entire hammock upside down to lie on the netting side for an open setup without removing the net.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDD Frontline Hammock 125kg Weight Capacity Ripstop Nylon Construction\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 125kg (19.7 stone) weight capacity accommodates most adults safely. The ripstop nylon construction prevents small tears from spreading, important for long term durability during regular wild camping and bushcraft activities. The fabric withstands regular packing and unpacking without degrading, making it suitable for frequent camping trips across UK terrain.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003ca title=\"DD Recycled Frontline Hammock 910g 258 recycled bottles, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-recycled-frontline-hammock\"\u003eDD Recycled Frontline Hammock\u003c\/a\u003e uses the same 2.7m x 1.4m dimensions and 125kg capacity but constructs the main body from approximately 258 recycled plastic bottles, weighing 910g compared to the standard 850g.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDD Frontline Hammock Available Colours Olive Green Coyote Brown Multicam Black Sunset Orange Forrest Green\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eOlive Green DD Frontline Hammock UK Woodland Wild Camping\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eBlends into UK woodland environments for wild camping discretion. Traditional outdoor camping colour that works across forest and countryside settings throughout Scotland, Wales, and England.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eCoyote Brown DD Frontline Hammock Moorland Autumn Camping\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eWorks well in open moorland and autumn camping across Scottish Highlands and Welsh valleys. Versatile earth tone that suits varied terrain types across UK landscapes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eMulticam DD Frontline Hammock Bushcraft Concealment Pattern\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eMulti terrain camouflage pattern for bushcraft and concealment. Works across varied UK landscapes from woodland to moorland for wild camping discretion.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eBlack DD Frontline Hammock Urban Camping General Outdoor\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eSolid colour for urban camping and general outdoor use. Practical choice that hides dirt and wear from regular use during frequent camping trips.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eSunset Orange DD Frontline Hammock High Visibility Safety Remote Areas\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eHigh visibility colour for safety in remote areas. Makes location easier to find in emergency situations while camping in Scottish Highlands or Welsh valleys.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eForrest Green DD Frontline Hammock Woodland Wild Camping\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eDeep green shade for woodland camping. Blends naturally into UK forest environments for wild camping discretion across Scotland and Wales.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDD Frontline Hammock Setup Instructions 10m Webbing Included Tree Attachment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe hammock includes 10m of webbing (5m each end) pre fitted for immediate setup. The webbing wraps around trees and connects to the hammock ends, providing basic suspension without additional equipment purchase.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStep 1:\u003c\/strong\u003e Find two healthy trees 15 to 20cm diameter, spaced 3 to 5 metres apart.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStep 2:\u003c\/strong\u003e Wrap the pre fitted webbing around each tree at chest height, securing with the provided attachment method.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStep 3:\u003c\/strong\u003e Insert the two 60cm spreader poles into the mosquito net sleeves.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStep 4:\u003c\/strong\u003e Attach the elastic cord to suspend the mosquito net away from the hammock body.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStep 5:\u003c\/strong\u003e Adjust webbing tension to create a slight banana curve in the hammock for optimal comfort.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eAverage setup time: 5 to 8 minutes with practice. For easier adjustment and faster setup, upgrade to \u003ca title=\"DD Whoopie Slings 7 64 Amsteel infinite adjustment, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-whoopie-slings\"\u003eDD Whoopie Slings\u003c\/a\u003e which provide infinite adjustability and quicker deployment. The \u003ca title=\"DD Tree Huggers polyester tree protection 1.5m straps, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-tree-huggers\"\u003eDD Tree Huggers\u003c\/a\u003e protect tree bark from damage while providing secure attachment points.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDD Frontline Hammock Requires Tarp Rain Protection UK Weather\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis hammock is not waterproof and requires a tarp for rain protection during UK camping. The \u003ca title=\"DD Tarp 3x3 9 square metres 3000mm waterproof 790g, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-tarp-3x3\"\u003eDD Tarp 3x3\u003c\/a\u003e provides excellent coverage for solo camping with 9 square metres of protection. The \u003ca title=\"DD Tarp 4x4 16 square metres 3000mm waterproof 1020g, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-tarp-4x4\"\u003eDD Tarp 4x4\u003c\/a\u003e offers 16 square metres for extended stays or group camping.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor ultralight backpacking, the \u003ca title=\"DD Superlight Tarp 510g 8.7 square metres ultralight, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-superlight-tarp\"\u003eDD Superlight Tarp\u003c\/a\u003e weighs 510g and provides 8.7 square metres of coverage. Browse our complete \u003ca title=\"camping tarps 3000mm waterproof DD Hammocks range, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/collections\/camping-tarps\"\u003ecamping tarps\u003c\/a\u003e collection for all DD tarp options.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDD Frontline Hammock 4 Internal Pockets 2 Hanging Loops Storage Organisation\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 4 internal pockets (one in each corner) store small items like torches, phones, glasses, and snacks within easy reach during the night. The 2 hanging loops suspend additional items or provide attachment points for accessories.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 4 base tabs on each corner serve multiple purposes: peg out the hammock for ground dwelling use, suspend equipment underneath, or attach an underblanket for winter camping insulation.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDD Frontline Hammock All Season UK Camping Summer Winter Spring Autumn\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eSummer Camping Above 10°C UK Conditions\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe breathable double layer design keeps you cool while the mosquito net provides complete bug protection against Scottish midges and insects. No additional insulation needed for UK summer conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eSpring and Autumn 5°C to 15°C Shoulder Season\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eInsert a sleeping mat between the double layers for added insulation. The \u003ca title=\"DD Jura 2 Sleeping Bag 210cm minus 2C rating 1100g, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-jura-2-sleeping-bag\"\u003eDD Jura 2 Sleeping Bag\u003c\/a\u003e rated to minus 2°C works well for shoulder season camping across Scottish Highlands and Welsh valleys.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWinter Camping Below 5°C Scottish Highlands Welsh Valleys\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eCombine the \u003ca title=\"DD Hammock Quilt 125kg rated top insulation minus 5C, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-hammock-quilt\"\u003eDD Hammock Quilt\u003c\/a\u003e with \u003ca title=\"DD Underblanket 125kg rated bottom insulation minus 5C, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-underblanket\"\u003eDD Underblanket\u003c\/a\u003e for comprehensive top and bottom insulation down to minus 5°C. Browse our \u003ca title=\"hammock quilts underblankets minus 5C winter insulation, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/collections\/hammock-quilts-under-blankets\"\u003ehammock quilts and underblankets\u003c\/a\u003e collection for all insulation options.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDD Frontline Hammock Comparison Other Frontline Variations Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eModel\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSize\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eConstruction\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight Limit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBest For\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDD Frontline Hammock\u003c\/strong\u003e (This Product)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e850g\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.7m x 1.4m\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDouble layer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e125kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMost versatile all season camping\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDD Superlight Frontline\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e620g\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.7m x 1.4m\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSingle layer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUltralight backpacking thru hiking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDD Frontline King Size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1250g\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3.2m x 1.7m\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDouble layer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e125kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTaller users extra comfort\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDD Recycled Frontline\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e910g\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.7m x 1.4m\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDouble layer recycled\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e125kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEco conscious campers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDD Junior Frontline\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e750g\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.9m x 1.1m\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDouble layer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e125kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eChildren up to 4ft (120cm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDD Frontline Hammock Technical Specifications Complete Details\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSize:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2.7m x 1.4m (flat dimensions)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 850g (hammock, net, poles, cord)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight Limit:\u003c\/strong\u003e 125kg (19.7 stone)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable For:\u003c\/strong\u003e Users up to 6ft 5\" (196cm)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eConstruction:\u003c\/strong\u003e Double layer ripstop nylon\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMosquito Net:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ultra fine mesh, built in\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpreader Poles:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 x 60cm foldable poles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWebbing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 10m (5m each end) pre fitted\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStorage:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4 internal pockets, 2 hanging loops\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAttachment:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4 base tabs for pegging or underblanket\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eZippers:\u003c\/strong\u003e Double sided for easy entry\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColours:\u003c\/strong\u003e Olive Green, Coyote Brown, Multicam, Black, Sunset Orange, Forrest Green\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIncluded:\u003c\/strong\u003e Hammock, mosquito net, spreader poles, elastic cord, webbing, stuff sack\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eComplete DD Frontline Hammock Camping Setup Equipment Accessories\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eBuild a complete hammock camping system with compatible equipment from our \u003ca title=\"camping hammocks DD Frontline Hennessy bushcraft range, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/collections\/hammocks\"\u003ecamping hammocks\u003c\/a\u003e range and \u003ca title=\"hammock suspension accessories whoopie slings tree straps, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/collections\/hammock-suspension-accessories\"\u003ehammock suspension accessories\u003c\/a\u003e collection for all attachment and setup options.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003ePersonal Advice Wylies Outdoor World Fife Scotland UK\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ca title=\"outdoor gear camping equipment Fife Scotland specialists, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/pages\/gear\"\u003eWylie's Outdoor World's\u003c\/a\u003e owner \u003ca title=\"Meet Drew Wylie 10 years DD Hammocks field testing, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/blogs\/meet-our-team\/meet-drew-wylie\"\u003eDrew\u003c\/a\u003e has personally tested every DD Hammocks product over almost a decade, using them 4 nights a week in the best and worst weather the UK has to offer. This extensive field testing provides real world knowledge of how the Frontline Hammock performs across all seasons in Scottish Highlands, Welsh valleys, and UK woodland.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eQuestions about choosing between Frontline variations, selecting the right tarp size, or building a complete hammock camping setup? \u003ca title=\"Contact outdoor equipment advice Fife Scotland UK, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003eContact us\u003c\/a\u003e for guidance based on years of hands on experience with DD Hammocks equipment.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDD Frontline Hammock Frequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWhat makes the DD Frontline Hammock the most popular choice for UK camping?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe combination of double layer construction for all season use, built in mosquito net, 850g weight, and value pricing provides the best balance of features. The 2.7m x 1.4m size accommodates most adults comfortably up to 6ft 5\" for wild camping and bushcraft across UK terrain.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eHow does this compare to the DD Superlight Frontline Hammock?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe standard Frontline weighs 850g with double layer construction that accommodates insulation for winter camping. The Superlight Frontline weighs 620g with single layer construction, better for ultralight backpacking but requires external insulation for cold weather.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDo I need to buy a tarp separately for UK weather?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, this hammock is not waterproof. The DD Tarp 3x3 provides excellent coverage for solo camping with 9 square metres of protection against UK rain.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWill this work for winter camping in Scottish Highlands?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the double layer design accommodates sleeping mats or underblankets for winter insulation. Combine a hammock quilt with underblanket for comprehensive warmth down to minus 5°C in Scottish Highlands and Welsh valleys.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDoes the mosquito net keep out Scottish midges?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the ultra fine mesh blocks Scottish midges, mosquitoes, and small insects. The net can be zipped closed for complete bug protection or rolled back when insects are not present.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWhat suspension system comes with this hammock?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe hammock includes 10m of webbing (5m each end) pre fitted for basic setup. Upgrade to DD Whoopie Slings for easier adjustment and faster deployment.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eHow tall can I be to use this hammock comfortably?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 2.7m length accommodates users up to 6ft 5\" (196cm) comfortably. Taller users should consider the DD Frontline Hammock King Size at 3.2m x 1.7m.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWhat is the difference between this and the DD Recycled Frontline?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe DD Recycled Frontline uses the same 2.7m x 1.4m dimensions and features but constructs the main body from approximately 258 recycled plastic bottles, weighing 910g compared to 850g.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"DD Hammocks","offers":[{"title":"Olive Green","offer_id":20233402024036,"sku":"987986587","price":40.62,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Coyote Brown","offer_id":20233401892964,"sku":"9879865878","price":40.62,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black","offer_id":20233401827428,"sku":"9879865872","price":40.62,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Sunset Orange","offer_id":20233401925732,"sku":"9879865872","price":40.62,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false},{"title":"Forrest Green","offer_id":54949808931202,"sku":"98798658799","price":40.62,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Winter Multicam","offer_id":56028974186882,"sku":null,"price":48.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Multicam","offer_id":20233402089572,"sku":"9879865874","price":48.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0028\/5812\/3364\/files\/DD_Hammocks_Frontline_hammock_in_use_-_coyote_brown_2.webp?v=1751968351"},{"product_id":"dd-hammocks-dd-pack-combo-deal","title":"DD Hammocks DD Pack Combo Deal","description":"\u003cdiv\u003eAll the hammock camping equipment you need in one bundle - whether you're looking to update your gear or starting hammock camping from scratch.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cb\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cb\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cb\u003eThe DD Hammocks DD Pack Combo Deal Includes:\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDD Frontline Hammock\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDD Tarp 3x3\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDD Hammock Sleeve \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDD Hanging Pocket\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDD Beer Holder (for hammock)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDD Magic Carpet XL\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDD Paracord (10m)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDD Water Bladder (2L)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDD Mini Carabiners x10\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDD Bergen Rucksack\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"DD Hammocks","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":31528397635695,"sku":"ddcombo-Olive Green","price":259.78,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0028\/5812\/3364\/products\/vendor-unknown-dd-hammocks-dd-pack-combo-deal-camping-sleep-shelter-packages-wylies-outdoor-world-25372853.jpg?v=1599768266"},{"product_id":"dd-winter-hammock-combo-deal","title":"DD Winter Hammock Combo Deal","description":"\u003ch2\u003eDD Hammocks Winter Hammock Kit Complete Insulated Bundle for UK Winter Camping\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003ca title=\"DD Hammocks Outdoor Equipment and Camping Gear, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/collections\/dd-hammocks\"\u003eDD Hammocks\u003c\/a\u003e Winter Hammock Kit provides everything needed for year round \u003ca title=\"Hammock Camping Equipment and Complete Setups, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/pages\/hammock-camping\"\u003ehammock camping\u003c\/a\u003e in UK conditions. This curated bundle offers the best balance of flexibility, weight and bulk, comfort, protection, and insulation for colder months. Available in Green (Olive Green) or Multicam with Regular or XL sleeping bag options.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCurated for Balanced Winter Hammock Camping in UK Conditions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis DD winter hammock kit is compiled to offer the best balance of flexibility, weight and bulk, comfort, protection, and insulation in colder months. With the right clothing and using natural cover to help protect from wind chill, you can hammock camp all year round in UK conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eNot best suited for hammock campers covering long distances on foot with gear on their back. For long distance hiking, see the \u003ca title=\"DD Superlight Winter Hammock Combo Deal, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-superlight-winter-hammock-combo-deal\"\u003eDD Superlight Winter Hammock Combo Deal\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eComplete Winter Hammock Bundle Includes 8 Components\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca title=\"DD Frontline Hammock 850g Double Layer Mosquito Net, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/2249537880164\"\u003eDD Frontline Hammock\u003c\/a\u003e - 2.7m x 1.4m double layer with mosquito net\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca title=\"DD Tarp 3x3 Waterproof Bushcraft and Hammock Camping Tarp, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/2249509142628\"\u003eDD Tarp 3x3\u003c\/a\u003e - 19 reinforced attachment points, 790g\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca title=\"DD Magic Carpet Groundsheet, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/2249867821156\"\u003eDD Magic Carpet\u003c\/a\u003e - 220cm x 140cm groundsheet, 174g\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca title=\"DD Jura 2 Sleeping Bag, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/2864449912932\"\u003eDD Jura 2 Sleeping Bag\u003c\/a\u003e - Regular or XL, comfortable to -5C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca title=\"DD Underblanket Hammock Insulation, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/2249580839012\"\u003eDD Underblanket\u003c\/a\u003e - Prevents heat loss from beneath, suitable to -5C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca title=\"DD Hammock Beer Holder Accessory, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/2249569828964\"\u003eDD Beer Holder\u003c\/a\u003e - Compact pouch for drinks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca title=\"DD Superlight Amsteel 2.5mm Rope Tarp Ridgeline, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/2877537386596\"\u003eDD Amsteel Ridgeline\u003c\/a\u003e - 15m, 2.5mm diameter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca title=\"DD Paracord, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/2249982804068\"\u003eDD Paracord\u003c\/a\u003e - 25m for tarp suspension\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrontline Hammock Double Layer with Mosquito Net for Year Round Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003ca title=\"DD Frontline Hammock 850g Double Layer Mosquito Net, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/2249537880164\"\u003eDD Frontline Hammock\u003c\/a\u003e provides versatile double layered design with breathable base and built-in mosquito net. The 2.7m x 1.4m size accommodates people up to 6ft 5in. Weighs 850g. The double layer design allows you to slide the sleeping bag and underblanket between layers for insulation.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eTarp 3x3 with 19 Attachment Points Provides Weather Protection\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003ca title=\"DD Tarp 3x3 Waterproof Bushcraft and Hammock Camping Tarp, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/2249509142628\"\u003eDD Tarp 3x3\u003c\/a\u003e offers reliable protection with 19 reinforced attachment points providing numerous setup options. Weighs 790g excluding pegs and guy lines. Packed size approximately 24cm x 14cm x 4cm. The 3m x 3m coverage protects hammock and gear from rain and wind.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eJura 2 Sleeping Bag Rated Comfortable to Minus 5C\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003ca title=\"DD Jura 2 Sleeping Bag, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/2864449912932\"\u003eDD Jura 2 Sleeping Bag\u003c\/a\u003e provides comfort in temperatures down to -5C. Central zipped with waterproof foot box. Designed to step into on wet ground, pull up around you, and sit back into your hammock.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eRegular size suits people up to 6ft 2in (188cm) with chest up to 44in (112cm). Weighs 1.7kg. XL size suits people up to 6ft 5in (200cm) with chest up to 49in (127cm). Weighs 2.1kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eUnderblanket Prevents Heat Loss from Beneath in Cold Weather\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003ca title=\"DD Underblanket Hammock Insulation, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/2249580839012\"\u003eDD Underblanket\u003c\/a\u003e prevents heat loss from beneath you in the hammock. Suitable for use in temperatures down to -5C. Hang under your hammock and feel warmth generated in minutes. Weighs 950g. Ripstop nylon with water resistant coating, filled with 200 gsm synthetic silk. 8 lengths of elastic pre-fitted with DD Mini Karabiners to clip to hammock.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eMagic Carpet Groundsheet and Amsteel Ridgeline Complete the System\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003ca title=\"DD Magic Carpet Groundsheet, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/2249867821156\"\u003eDD Magic Carpet\u003c\/a\u003e provides groundsheet for camping, dry cover for gear, or small overhead shelter. Size 220cm x 140cm. Weighs 174g. Taped seams. Works as groundsheet under hammock for gear storage or as picnic blanket.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003ca title=\"DD Superlight Amsteel 2.5mm Rope Tarp Ridgeline, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/2877537386596\"\u003eDD Amsteel Ridgeline\u003c\/a\u003e provides 15m of 2.5mm diameter Dyneema cord. Weighs 5g per metre with 125kg weight limit. The \u003ca title=\"DD Paracord, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/2249982804068\"\u003eDD Paracord\u003c\/a\u003e provides 25m for tarp suspension. Weighs 177g.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eAvailable in Green and Multicam for UK Woodland Environments\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eAvailable in Green (Olive Green) or Multicam. Green provides neutral colour for UK woodland environments. Multicam uses DD Hammocks camouflage pattern designed to blend into UK woodlands across varied landscapes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eChoose Regular or XL Sleeping Bag Based on Your Size\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eChoose Regular or XL based on your height and chest size. Regular suits people up to 6ft 2in with chest up to 44in. XL suits people up to 6ft 5in with chest up to 49in. Both options provide comfort to -5C when combined with underblanket and proper clothing.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eTested 4 Nights a Week for 2 Years in Scotland and Northern England\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ca title=\"Outdoor Gear and Equipment, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/pages\/gear\"\u003eWylies Outdoor World's\u003c\/a\u003e owner \u003ca title=\"Meet Drew Wylie, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/blogs\/meet-our-team\/meet-drew-wylie\"\u003eDrew\u003c\/a\u003e spent 4 months in winter, 4 nights a week for 2 years and 2 months during summer testing this winter hammock kit personally around Scotland and Northern England. This extensive testing confirms the kit works for year round hammock camping in UK conditions when combined with appropriate clothing and natural wind protection.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe kit offers the best balance of flexibility, weight and bulk, comfort, protection, and insulation for winter hammock camping. Not suited for long distance hiking with gear on your back - for that application, see the \u003ca title=\"DD Superlight Winter Hammock Combo Deal, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-superlight-winter-hammock-combo-deal\"\u003eDD Superlight Winter Hammock Combo Deal\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCustom Hammock Kits Tailored to Your Specific Needs\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eEach kit Drew has compiled is curated to appeal to campers with different needs. Some prioritize comfort at expense of weight and bulk, others are superlight, some offer balance. Drew makes custom hammock kits tailored to your needs on request.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eQuestions about this winter hammock kit or need a custom kit for your specific requirements? \u003ca title=\"Contact Wylies Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003eContact us\u003c\/a\u003e for advice based on years of testing in Scottish and Northern England conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eComplete Your Hammock Camping Setup with DD Hammocks Equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eBrowse our range of \u003ca title=\"DD Hammocks Outdoor Equipment and Camping Gear, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/collections\/dd-hammocks\"\u003eDD Hammocks outdoor equipment and camping gear\u003c\/a\u003e for additional hammock camping essentials. Find more \u003ca title=\"Hammock Camping Equipment and Complete Setups, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/pages\/hammock-camping\"\u003ehammock camping equipment\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca title=\"Camping Sleep Shelter Starter Packages, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/collections\/camping-sleep-shelter-starter-packages\"\u003ecamping sleep shelter starter packages\u003c\/a\u003e at \u003ca title=\"Outdoor Gear and Equipment, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/pages\/gear\"\u003eWylies Outdoor World\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDD Winter Hammock Kit Frequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWhat is included in the DD Winter Hammock Kit?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe kit includes DD Frontline Hammock, DD Tarp 3x3, DD Magic Carpet, DD Jura 2 Sleeping Bag (Regular or XL), DD Underblanket, DD Beer Holder, DD Amsteel Ridgeline (15m), and DD Paracord (25m).\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWhat temperature rating is the DD Winter Hammock Kit?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe sleeping bag and underblanket are both rated comfortable to -5C. With appropriate clothing and natural wind protection, you can hammock camp year round in UK conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWhat colours are available for the DD Winter Hammock Kit?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eAvailable in Green (Olive Green) or Multicam. Both colours suit UK woodland environments.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWhat is the difference between Regular and XL in the DD Winter Hammock Kit?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eRegular suits people up to 6ft 2in (188cm) with chest up to 44in (112cm). XL suits people up to 6ft 5in (200cm) with chest up to 49in (127cm). Both provide same temperature rating.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eIs the DD Winter Hammock Kit suitable for long distance hiking?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, this kit is not best suited for covering long distances on foot with gear on your back. For long distance hiking, see the DD Superlight Winter Hammock Combo Deal which is designed for lightweight backpacking.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eHow much does the DD Winter Hammock Kit weigh?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eTotal weight approximately 5kg for Regular version, 5.4kg for XL version. This includes hammock (850g), tarp (790g), magic carpet (174g), sleeping bag (1.7kg Regular or 2.1kg XL), underblanket (950g), and accessories.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eCan I use the DD Winter Hammock Kit in summer?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, this kit works year round in UK conditions. Testing included 2 months during summer. You can adjust insulation layers based on temperature.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eHas the DD Winter Hammock Kit been tested in UK conditions?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, Drew tested this kit 4 nights a week for 2 years (4 months in winter, 2 months in summer) around Scotland and Northern England. This extensive testing confirms it works for year round UK hammock camping.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eCan I customize the DD Winter Hammock Kit?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, Drew makes custom hammock kits tailored to your needs on request. Contact us to discuss your specific requirements.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWhat is the difference between this kit and the DD Superlight Winter Hammock Combo Deal?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis kit offers best balance of comfort, protection, and insulation but is not suited for long distance hiking. The Superlight version prioritizes weight reduction for backpacking long distances on foot.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDo I need additional equipment for the DD Winter Hammock Kit?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYou need appropriate clothing for winter conditions and should use natural cover to help protect from wind chill. The kit includes all hammock camping equipment needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eHow do I set up the DD Winter Hammock Kit?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eHang the hammock between trees, attach the underblanket underneath, set up the tarp overhead using the ridgeline and paracord, place the magic carpet under the hammock for gear storage, and use the sleeping bag inside the hammock.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"DD Hammocks","offers":[{"title":"Green \/ Regular","offer_id":31534647050351,"sku":"ddwinterhammock-GR-REG","price":284.06,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Green \/ XL","offer_id":31534647083119,"sku":"ddwinterhammocK-GR-XL","price":287.81,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Multicam \/ Regular","offer_id":31534647115887,"sku":"ddwinterhammock-MC-REG","price":305.16,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Multicam \/ XL","offer_id":31534647148655,"sku":"ddwinterhammock-MC-XL","price":308.91,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0028\/5812\/3364\/products\/dd-hammocks-dd-winter-hammock-combo-deal-camping-sleep-shelter-packages-wylies-outdoor-world-25373991.jpg?v=1599769282"},{"product_id":"dd-superlight-winter-hammock-combo-deal","title":"DD Superlight Winter Hammock Combo Deal","description":"\u003ch2\u003eDD Hammocks Superlight Winter Hammock Kit Ultralight Backpacking Long Distance Hiking\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003ca title=\"DD Hammocks Outdoor Equipment and Camping Gear, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/collections\/dd-hammocks\"\u003eDD Hammocks\u003c\/a\u003e Superlight Winter Hammock Kit provides the lightest complete \u003ca title=\"Hammock Camping Equipment and Complete Setups, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/pages\/hammock-camping\"\u003ehammock camping\u003c\/a\u003e package for long distance hiking and ultralight backpacking. All components except sleeping bag and underblanket are approximately half the pack size and weight of the standard winter kit. Curated for hikers covering long distances on foot with gear on their back.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eLightest Complete Winter Hammock Kit for Long Distance Hiking\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis DD superlight winter hammock kit is compiled specifically for long distance hiking and ultralight backpacking. All components except the Jura 2 sleeping bag and underblanket are approximately half the pack size and weight compared to the \u003ca title=\"DD Winter Hammock Kit, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-winter-hammock-combo-deal\"\u003estandard DD Winter Hammock Kit\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe weight savings matter most when carrying gear on your back for extended distances across the Scottish Highlands, Welsh valleys, and UK long distance trails. The reduced pack size allows more space for food and supplies on multi-day hiking expeditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSuperlight Winter Hammock Bundle Includes 10 Components\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca title=\"DD Superlight Hammock, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/2249501016164\"\u003eDD Superlight Hammock\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca title=\"DD Superlight Frontline Hammock, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/2249967960164\"\u003eDD Superlight Frontline Hammock\u003c\/a\u003e - 270g or 340g\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca title=\"DD Superlight Mosquito Nets, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/3192754569316\"\u003eDD Superlight Mosquito Net\u003c\/a\u003e - 190g\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca title=\"DD Superlight Tarp, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/2249513140324\"\u003eDD Superlight Tarp\u003c\/a\u003e - 460g (half weight of standard 3x3)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca title=\"DD Magic Carpet Groundsheet, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/2249867821156\"\u003eDD Magic Carpet\u003c\/a\u003e - 174g\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca title=\"DD Jura 2 Sleeping Bag, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/2864449912932\"\u003eDD Jura 2 Sleeping Bag XL\u003c\/a\u003e - 2.1kg (same as standard kit)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca title=\"DD Underblanket Hammock Insulation, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/2249580839012\"\u003eDD Underblanket\u003c\/a\u003e - 950g (same as standard kit)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca title=\"DD Hammock Beer Holder Accessory, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/2249569828964\"\u003eDD Beer Holder\u003c\/a\u003e - Compact pouch for drinks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDD Fixed Loop Fasteners x2 - Lightweight tarp attachment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca title=\"DD Superlight Amsteel 2.5mm Rope Tarp Ridgeline, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/2877537386596\"\u003eDD Amsteel Ridgeline\u003c\/a\u003e - 15m, 2.5mm diameter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca title=\"DD Paracord, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/2249982804068\"\u003eDD Paracord\u003c\/a\u003e - 25m for tarp suspension\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSuperlight Hammock 270g or Superlight Frontline 340g Options\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eChoose between the \u003ca title=\"DD Superlight Hammock, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/2249501016164\"\u003eDD Superlight Hammock\u003c\/a\u003e at 270g or the \u003ca title=\"DD Superlight Frontline Hammock, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/2249967960164\"\u003eDD Superlight Frontline Hammock\u003c\/a\u003e at 340g. Both fit people up to 6ft 5in and 100kg. The Superlight Hammock offers minimum weight. The Superlight Frontline adds features while maintaining ultralight credentials.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSuperlight Tarp 460g Half Weight of Standard 3x3\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003ca title=\"DD Superlight Tarp, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/2249513140324\"\u003eDD Superlight Tarp\u003c\/a\u003e weighs 460g compared to 790g for the standard DD Tarp 3x3. Size 3m x 2.9m provides coverage for regular sized hammocks. 19 reinforced attachment points offer numerous setup options. Pack size approximately one third of standard 3x3 tarp.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eMade from ripstop nylon with 3000mm PU waterproof coating and taped central seam. Includes 4 superlight pegs and guy lines in separate bag.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSuperlight Mosquito Net 190g Cocoon Design\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003ca title=\"DD Superlight Mosquito Nets, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/3192754569316\"\u003eDD Superlight Mosquito Net\u003c\/a\u003e weighs 190g. Fits around you like a cocoon and cinches closed with elastic. No spreader poles needed. Lightweight and compact. Can be left rolled over one end of hammock for use when needed. Dimensions 2.7m x 1.5m. Includes hanging pocket and stuff sack.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eJura 2 Sleeping Bag and Underblanket Same as Standard Kit\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003ca title=\"DD Jura 2 Sleeping Bag, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/2864449912932\"\u003eDD Jura 2 Sleeping Bag XL\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca title=\"DD Underblanket Hammock Insulation, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/2249580839012\"\u003eDD Underblanket\u003c\/a\u003e are the same components as the standard winter kit. Both rated comfortable to -5C. These components cannot be made significantly lighter without compromising warmth for winter conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eJura 2 XL suits people up to 6ft 5in (200cm) with chest up to 49in (127cm). Weighs 2.1kg. Underblanket weighs 950g. Combined insulation system works to -5C with appropriate clothing.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eTotal Weight Savings Compared to Standard Winter Kit\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSuperlight components (hammock, tarp, mosquito net) save approximately 400-500g compared to standard winter kit. The Jura 2 sleeping bag and underblanket remain the same weight as these cannot be reduced without compromising warmth. Total kit weight approximately 4.5kg compared to 5.4kg for standard winter kit.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe pack size reduction is more significant than weight savings. Superlight components pack to approximately half the size of standard components, freeing space in your pack for food and supplies on long distance hikes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eTested 4 Nights a Week for 2 Years in Scotland and Northern England\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ca title=\"Outdoor Gear and Equipment, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/pages\/gear\"\u003eWylies Outdoor World's\u003c\/a\u003e owner \u003ca title=\"Meet Drew Wylie, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/blogs\/meet-our-team\/meet-drew-wylie\"\u003eDrew\u003c\/a\u003e tested this superlight winter hammock kit under the same conditions as the standard winter kit. 4 nights a week for 2 years (4 months in winter, 2 months in summer) around Scotland and Northern England.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis testing confirms the superlight kit works for year round hammock camping in UK conditions when combined with appropriate clothing and natural wind protection. The weight and pack size savings make this kit suited for long distance hiking where you carry gear on your back for extended periods.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor camping where weight and pack size are less critical, see the \u003ca title=\"DD Winter Hammock Kit, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-winter-hammock-combo-deal\"\u003estandard DD Winter Hammock Kit\u003c\/a\u003e which offers more comfort features at higher weight.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCustom Hammock Kits Tailored to Your Specific Needs\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eEach kit Drew has compiled is curated to appeal to campers with different needs. Some prioritize comfort at expense of weight and bulk, others are superlight, some offer balance. Drew makes custom hammock kits tailored to your needs on request.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eQuestions about this superlight winter hammock kit or need a custom kit for your specific requirements? \u003ca title=\"Contact Wylies Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003eContact us\u003c\/a\u003e for advice based on years of testing in Scottish and Northern England conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eComplete Your Ultralight Hammock Camping Setup\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eBrowse our range of \u003ca title=\"DD Hammocks Outdoor Equipment and Camping Gear, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/collections\/dd-hammocks\"\u003eDD Hammocks outdoor equipment and camping gear\u003c\/a\u003e for additional hammock camping essentials. Find more \u003ca title=\"Hammock Camping Equipment and Complete Setups, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/pages\/hammock-camping\"\u003ehammock camping equipment\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca title=\"Camping Sleep Shelter Starter Packages, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/collections\/camping-sleep-shelter-starter-packages\"\u003ecamping sleep shelter starter packages\u003c\/a\u003e at \u003ca title=\"Outdoor Gear and Equipment, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/pages\/gear\"\u003eWylies Outdoor World\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDD Superlight Winter Hammock Kit Frequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWhat is included in the DD Superlight Winter Hammock Kit?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe kit includes DD Superlight Hammock or DD Superlight Frontline Hammock, DD Superlight Mosquito Net, DD Superlight Tarp, DD Magic Carpet, DD Jura 2 Sleeping Bag XL, DD Underblanket, DD Beer Holder, DD Fixed Loop Fasteners x2, DD Amsteel Ridgeline (15m), and DD Paracord (25m).\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eHow much lighter is the DD Superlight Winter Hammock Kit compared to standard kit?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eSuperlight components save approximately 400-500g compared to standard winter kit. Total kit weight approximately 4.5kg compared to 5.4kg for standard kit. Pack size reduction is more significant, with superlight components packing to approximately half the size.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWhat temperature rating is the DD Superlight Winter Hammock Kit?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe sleeping bag and underblanket are both rated comfortable to -5C. With appropriate clothing and natural wind protection, you can hammock camp year round in UK conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eIs the DD Superlight Winter Hammock Kit suitable for long distance hiking?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, this kit is specifically curated for long distance hiking and ultralight backpacking where you carry gear on your back for extended periods. The weight and pack size savings matter most for this application.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWhat is the difference between DD Superlight Hammock and DD Superlight Frontline?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eDD Superlight Hammock weighs 270g offering minimum weight. DD Superlight Frontline weighs 340g and adds features while maintaining ultralight credentials. Both fit people up to 6ft 5in and 100kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eHas the DD Superlight Winter Hammock Kit been tested in UK conditions?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, Drew tested this kit 4 nights a week for 2 years (4 months in winter, 2 months in summer) around Scotland and Northern England under the same conditions as the standard winter kit.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eCan I customize the DD Superlight Winter Hammock Kit?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, Drew makes custom hammock kits tailored to your needs on request. Contact us to discuss your specific requirements.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWhat is the difference between this kit and the standard DD Winter Hammock Kit?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis superlight kit prioritizes weight and pack size reduction for long distance hiking. All components except sleeping bag and underblanket are approximately half the weight and pack size. The standard kit offers more comfort features at higher weight for camping where weight is less critical.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDo I need additional equipment for the DD Superlight Winter Hammock Kit?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYou need appropriate clothing for winter conditions and should use natural cover to help protect from wind chill. The kit includes all hammock camping equipment needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eHow much does the DD Superlight Tarp weigh compared to standard tarp?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eDD Superlight Tarp weighs 460g compared to 790g for standard DD Tarp 3x3. Pack size is approximately one third of standard tarp.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWhat size is the DD Jura 2 Sleeping Bag in this kit?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis kit includes DD Jura 2 XL which suits people up to 6ft 5in (200cm) with chest up to 49in (127cm). Weighs 2.1kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eCan I use the DD Superlight Winter Hammock Kit in summer?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, this kit works year round in UK conditions. Testing included 2 months during summer. You can adjust insulation layers based on temperature.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"DD Hammocks","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":20236290392164,"sku":"superlightcambo1","price":291.31,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0028\/5812\/3364\/products\/dd-hammocks-dd-superlight-winter-hammock-combo-deal-camping-sleep-shelter-packages-wylies-outdoor-world-26134046.jpg?v=1599768804"},{"product_id":"dd-superlight-frontline-hammock","title":"DD Superlight Frontline Hammock","description":"\u003ch2\u003eDD Superlight Frontline Hammock 620g Single-Layer Ultralight UK Thru-Hiking\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003ca title=\"DD Hammocks complete range tarps hammocks accessories, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/collections\/dd-hammocks\"\u003eDD Hammocks\u003c\/a\u003e Superlight Frontline Hammock weighs 620g and provides ultralight \u003ca title=\"hammock camping guide setup instructions equipment advice, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/pages\/hammock-camping\"\u003ehammock camping\u003c\/a\u003e with single-layer construction. This 2.7m x 1.4m hammock accommodates users up to 6ft 5\" and 100kg, making it 230g lighter than the \u003ca title=\"DD Frontline Hammock 850g 2.7m 1.4m standard size, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-frontline-hammock\"\u003estandard Frontline Hammock\u003c\/a\u003e for ultralight backpacking across West Highland Way, Pennine Way, and UK long-distance trails.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe single-layer construction reduces weight for thru-hiking where every gram matters over hundreds of miles. The built-in ultra-fine mosquito net protects against Scottish midges and insects. Pre-fitted with DD Superlight suspension kit including Superlight Carabiners for immediate setup without additional equipment purchase.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDD Superlight Frontline Hammock 620g Weight Single-Layer Construction\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 620g weight includes the hammock, built-in mosquito net, 2 x 60cm spreader poles, elastic cord, and DD Superlight suspension kit with Superlight Carabiners. This is 230g lighter than the \u003ca title=\"DD Frontline Hammock 850g 2.7m 1.4m standard size, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-frontline-hammock\"\u003estandard Frontline\u003c\/a\u003e (850g) due to the single-layer construction and lightweight suspension system.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 230g weight saving is significant for long-distance hiking across West Highland Way (96 miles), Pennine Way (268 miles), or Coast to Coast (192 miles) where pack weight directly affects hiking performance over multiple days. The single-layer design provides breathable sleeping without the double-layer insulation pocket found on standard Frontline hammocks.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDD Superlight Frontline Hammock 100kg Weight Capacity Lighter Users\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 100kg (15.7 stone) weight capacity is 25kg less than the \u003ca title=\"DD Frontline Hammock 850g 2.7m 1.4m standard size, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-frontline-hammock\"\u003estandard Frontline\u003c\/a\u003e (125kg) due to the lighter single-layer construction. The 100kg capacity accommodates most ultralight backpackers who prioritize weight savings over maximum weight capacity for thru-hiking UK long-distance trails.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eUsers over 100kg should choose the \u003ca title=\"DD Frontline Hammock 850g 2.7m 1.4m standard size, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-frontline-hammock\"\u003estandard Frontline\u003c\/a\u003e with 125kg capacity and double-layer construction for additional strength during wild camping and bushcraft activities.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDD Superlight Frontline Hammock Single-Layer Requires External Insulation\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe single-layer construction cannot accommodate sleeping mats between layers like double-layer hammocks. For cold weather camping in Scottish Highlands or Welsh valleys, attach an external underblanket using the 4 corner tabs for comprehensive underside warmth, or use a sleeping bag rated for expected temperatures.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003ca title=\"DD Underblanket 125kg rated bottom insulation minus 5C, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-underblanket\"\u003eDD Underblanket\u003c\/a\u003e attaches to the 4 corner tabs and provides bottom insulation down to minus 5°C. Combine with the \u003ca title=\"DD Hammock Quilt 125kg rated top insulation minus 5C, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-hammock-quilt\"\u003eDD Hammock Quilt\u003c\/a\u003e for comprehensive top and bottom insulation during winter thru-hiking. Browse our \u003ca title=\"hammock quilts underblankets minus 5C winter insulation, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/collections\/hammock-quilts-under-blankets\"\u003ehammock quilts and underblankets\u003c\/a\u003e collection for all insulation options.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDD Superlight Frontline Hammock Pre-Fitted Superlight Suspension Kit\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Superlight Frontline comes pre-fitted with DD Superlight suspension kit including Superlight Carabiners. This provides immediate setup without purchasing additional suspension equipment, reducing total system weight compared to standard webbing used on other Frontline hammocks.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor easier adjustment and faster deployment during thru-hiking, upgrade to \u003ca title=\"DD Whoopie Slings 7 64 Amsteel infinite adjustment, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-whoopie-slings\"\u003eDD Whoopie Slings\u003c\/a\u003e which provide infinite adjustability and quicker setup after long hiking days. The \u003ca title=\"DD Tree Huggers polyester tree protection 1.5m straps, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-tree-huggers\"\u003eDD Tree Huggers\u003c\/a\u003e protect tree bark from damage while providing secure attachment points.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDD Superlight Frontline Hammock Requires Tarp Rain Protection UK Weather\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis hammock is not waterproof and requires a tarp for rain protection during UK thru-hiking. The \u003ca title=\"DD Superlight Tarp 510g 8.7 square metres ultralight, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-superlight-tarp\"\u003eDD Superlight Tarp\u003c\/a\u003e weighs 510g and provides 8.7 square metres of coverage, maintaining ultralight system weight for long-distance hiking across West Highland Way, Pennine Way, and Coast to Coast.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003ca title=\"DD Tarp 3x3 9 square metres 3000mm waterproof 790g, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-tarp-3x3\"\u003eDD Tarp 3x3\u003c\/a\u003e provides 9 square metres for extended stays. Browse our complete \u003ca title=\"camping tarps 3000mm waterproof DD Hammocks range, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/collections\/camping-tarps\"\u003ecamping tarps\u003c\/a\u003e collection for all DD tarp options.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDD Superlight Frontline Hammock Olive Green Colour UK Woodland\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eOlive Green blends into UK woodland environments for wild camping discretion during thru-hiking across Scottish Highlands, Welsh valleys, and English countryside. Traditional outdoor camping colour that works across forest and countryside settings throughout Scotland, Wales, and England.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDD Superlight Frontline Hammock Comparison Other Frontline Variations\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eModel\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSize\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eConstruction\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight Limit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBest For\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca title=\"DD Frontline Hammock 850g 2.7m 1.4m standard size, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-frontline-hammock\"\u003eDD Frontline Hammock\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e850g\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.7m x 1.4m\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDouble-layer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e125kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMost versatile all-season camping\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDD Superlight Frontline\u003c\/strong\u003e (This Product)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e620g\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.7m x 1.4m\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSingle-layer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUltralight backpacking thru-hiking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca title=\"DD Frontline King Size 1250g 3.2m 1.7m 125kg, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-frontline-hammock-king-size\"\u003eDD Frontline King Size\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1250g\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3.2m x 1.7m\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDouble-layer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e125kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTaller users extra comfort\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca title=\"DD Recycled Frontline 910g 258 recycled bottles, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-recycled-frontline-hammock\"\u003eDD Recycled Frontline\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e910g\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.7m x 1.4m\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDouble-layer recycled\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e125kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEco-conscious campers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDD Superlight Frontline Hammock Technical Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSize:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2.7m x 1.4m (flat dimensions)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 620g (hammock, net, poles, cord, suspension kit)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight Limit:\u003c\/strong\u003e 100kg (15.7 stone)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable For:\u003c\/strong\u003e Users up to 6ft 5\" (196cm) and 100kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eConstruction:\u003c\/strong\u003e Single-layer ripstop nylon\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMosquito Net:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ultra-fine mesh, built-in\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpreader Poles:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 x 60cm foldable poles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSuspension:\u003c\/strong\u003e DD Superlight kit with Superlight Carabiners pre-fitted\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStorage:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4 internal pockets\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAttachment:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4 base tabs for pegging or underblanket\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eZippers:\u003c\/strong\u003e Double-sided for easy entry\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour:\u003c\/strong\u003e Olive Green\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIncluded:\u003c\/strong\u003e Hammock, mosquito net, spreader poles, elastic cord, Superlight suspension kit, stuff sack\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eComplete DD Superlight Frontline Hammock Camping Setup\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eBuild a complete ultralight hammock camping system with compatible equipment from our \u003ca title=\"camping hammocks DD Frontline Hennessy bushcraft range, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/collections\/hammocks\"\u003ecamping hammocks\u003c\/a\u003e range and \u003ca title=\"hammock suspension accessories whoopie slings tree straps, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/collections\/hammock-suspension-accessories\"\u003ehammock suspension accessories\u003c\/a\u003e collection for all attachment and setup options.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003ePersonal Advice Wylies Outdoor World Fife Scotland UK\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ca title=\"outdoor gear camping equipment Fife Scotland specialists, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/pages\/gear\"\u003eWylie's Outdoor World's\u003c\/a\u003e owner \u003ca title=\"Meet Drew Wylie 10 years DD Hammocks field testing, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/blogs\/meet-our-team\/meet-drew-wylie\"\u003eDrew\u003c\/a\u003e has personally tested every DD Hammocks product over almost a decade, using them 4 nights a week in the best and worst weather the UK has to offer. This extensive field testing provides real-world knowledge of when the Superlight Frontline makes sense versus standard Frontline for ultralight backpacking across West Highland Way, Pennine Way, and UK long-distance trails.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eQuestions about choosing between Superlight and standard Frontline, selecting ultralight tarps, or building a complete ultralight hammock camping setup for thru-hiking? \u003ca title=\"Contact outdoor equipment advice Fife Scotland UK, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003eContact us\u003c\/a\u003e for guidance based on years of hands-on experience with DD Hammocks equipment.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDD Superlight Frontline Hammock Frequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eHow much lighter is the Superlight Frontline compared to the standard for thru-hiking?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Superlight Frontline weighs 620g compared to 850g for the standard Frontline, a 230g weight saving. This is significant for long-distance hiking across West Highland Way (96 miles), Pennine Way (268 miles), or Coast to Coast (192 miles) where pack weight affects hiking performance over multiple days.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWhat is the weight capacity difference between Superlight and standard Frontline?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Superlight Frontline has 100kg (15.7 stone) capacity compared to 125kg for the standard Frontline. The lighter single-layer construction reduces maximum weight capacity by 25kg but accommodates most ultralight backpackers.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eCan I use sleeping mats for insulation in winter camping?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, the single-layer construction cannot accommodate sleeping mats between layers. For cold weather camping in Scottish Highlands or Welsh valleys, attach an external underblanket using the 4 corner tabs or use a sleeping bag rated for expected temperatures.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDoes it come with suspension for immediate setup?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the Superlight Frontline comes pre-fitted with DD Superlight suspension kit including Superlight Carabiners for immediate setup without purchasing additional suspension equipment.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWhat size tarp do I need for UK thru-hiking?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe DD Superlight Tarp (510g, 8.7 square metres) maintains ultralight system weight for long-distance hiking. The DD Tarp 3x3 (790g, 9 square metres) provides more coverage for extended stays.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eIs this suitable for winter camping in Scottish Highlands?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, but requires external insulation. Attach an underblanket using the 4 corner tabs and use a sleeping bag rated for expected temperatures. The single-layer cannot accommodate sleeping mats between layers like double-layer hammocks.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWhy choose Superlight over standard Frontline for backpacking?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eChoose the Superlight for ultralight backpacking where the 230g weight saving matters over hundreds of miles on West Highland Way, Pennine Way, or Coast to Coast. Choose the standard Frontline for all-season camping with double-layer construction and integrated insulation pocket.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWhat colour is available for wild camping?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eOlive Green blends into UK woodland environments for wild camping discretion during thru-hiking across Scottish Highlands, Welsh valleys, and English countryside.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"DD Hammocks","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":20236311461988,"sku":"ddfrontlin2-superlight","price":101.25,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0028\/5812\/3364\/files\/DDHammocksSuperlightFrontlineinuse7.webp?v=1739908432"},{"product_id":"dd-tarp-3x3-pro","title":"DD Tarp 3x3 PRO","description":"\u003ch2\u003eDD Tarp 3x3 PRO Waterproof Camping Tarp with Press Studs and 21 Attachment Points\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003ca title=\"DD Hammocks Collection, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/collections\/dd-hammocks\"\u003eDD Hammocks\u003c\/a\u003e Tarp 3x3 PRO builds on the popular \u003ca title=\"DD Tarp 3x3 Standard, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-tarp-3x3\"\u003estandard 3x3 tarp\u003c\/a\u003e with advanced features for experienced \u003ca title=\"hammock camping equipment and complete setups, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/pages\/hammock-camping\"\u003ehammock campers\u003c\/a\u003e and bushcrafters. The PRO version adds 2 extra attachment points (21 total), 16 additional eyelets, and a press stud system for enclosing shelters and connecting multiple tarps. Weighs 875g, available in Olive Green or Multicam.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIMPORTANT: This tarp does NOT include a ridgeline. Purchase ridgelines separately from our \u003ca title=\"tarp suspension accessories for hammock camping, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/collections\/tarp-suspension-accessories\"\u003etarp suspension accessories\u003c\/a\u003e collection.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDD Tarp 3x3 Model Comparison Table\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFeature\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca title=\"DD Tarp 3x3 Standard, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-tarp-3x3\"\u003eStandard 3x3\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e3x3 PRO (This Product)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca title=\"DD Tarp 3x3 UV50 Plus, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-tarp-3x3-uv50\"\u003e3x3 UV50 Plus\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAttachment Points\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e19 reinforced points\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e21 points plus 16 eyelets\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e19 reinforced points\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e790g\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e875g\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e790g\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecial Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStandard configuration\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePress studs for enclosing shelter, connecting tarps\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUV50 Plus protection blocks 98% UVA and UVB\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBest For\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGeneral hammock camping and bushcraft\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdvanced setups and extreme weather\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSummer camping and hot climates\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eColours Available\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6 options\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 options (Olive Green, Multicam)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 option (Bancha Green)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePrice Point\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMost affordable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMid range\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMid range\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe standard DD Tarp 3x3 is the most popular and universally suited option. Choose the PRO if you need the press stud system for enclosed shelters or connecting multiple tarps, or if you want the extra attachment points for more precise tensioning in extreme weather.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDD Tarp 3x3 PRO Press Stud System for Enclosed Shelters\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe press studs run along the edges of the tarp, allowing you to snap opposite sides together to create a fully enclosed shelter. This feature transforms the tarp from an open shelter into a protected cocoon that blocks wind and driving rain from all directions. The enclosed configuration works particularly well in winter camping or exposed mountain locations where weather protection matters more than ventilation.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe press stud system also enables you to connect multiple DD Tarp 3x3 PRO tarps together for larger covered areas. This works well for group base camps where you need communal cooking and gear storage space, or for extended expeditions where you want to expand your shelter system without carrying larger, heavier tarps. You can connect two, three, or more PRO tarps depending on your needs and available anchor points.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDD Tarp 3x3 PRO 21 Attachment Points Plus 16 Eyelets\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe PRO version adds 2 extra attachment points compared to the standard 3x3, bringing the total to 21 reinforced points. The 5 points creating an X shape in the middle provide more options for internal ridgelines and asymmetric pitches. The 16 additional eyelets along the outer attachment points give you extra tie-out options for securing the tarp in high winds or creating more complex shelter configurations.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThese extra attachment points matter most when you need precise tensioning in extreme weather. The additional tie-out options let you fine-tune the tarp pitch to handle wind from specific directions, or create more aerodynamic shapes that shed wind better than basic configurations. Experienced users who regularly camp in exposed locations or harsh conditions benefit most from these extra attachment points.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDD Tarp 3x3 PRO Advanced Setup Configurations\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eFully Enclosed Shelter Using Press Studs\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eUse the press studs to connect opposite edges together, creating a fully enclosed shelter that blocks wind and rain from all directions. This configuration provides maximum weather protection in extreme conditions. The enclosed setup reduces ventilation, so it works best in cold weather where condensation is less of an issue, or when weather protection is the priority over airflow.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eConnected Tarp Configuration for Group Camping\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eConnect multiple DD Tarp 3x3 PRO tarps using the press stud system to create larger covered areas. Two connected tarps provide approximately 18 square metres of coverage, suitable for group cooking areas or communal spaces at base camp. Three or more connected tarps create extended shelter systems for larger groups or expedition base camps.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003ePartially Enclosed Setup for Variable Weather\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eUse the press studs to enclose only the windward side or ends of the shelter, maintaining some ventilation while blocking wind and rain from specific directions. This configuration balances weather protection with airflow, working well in variable conditions where you need flexibility to adjust the shelter as weather changes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eEnhanced A-Frame with Enclosed Ends\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eSet up a standard A-frame configuration, then use the press studs to enclose the ends. This creates a tunnel-like shelter with good headroom along the ridgeline and protected ends that block wind. The enclosed ends also provide more privacy and reduce heat loss compared to open-ended A-frame setups.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDD Tarp 3x3 PRO Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSize\u003c\/strong\u003e - 3 metres x 3 metres\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e - 875g excluding pegs and guy lines (85g heavier than standard 3x3)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePacked Size\u003c\/strong\u003e - 24cm x 14cm x 4cm approximately\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e - 190T polyester with 3000mm PU waterproof coating\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeams\u003c\/strong\u003e - Taped central seam\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAttachment Points\u003c\/strong\u003e - 21 reinforced points (16 sides and corners, 5 in X pattern)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEyelets\u003c\/strong\u003e - 16 along outer attachment points\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePress Studs\u003c\/strong\u003e - Along edges for enclosing shelter or connecting tarps\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColours\u003c\/strong\u003e - Olive Green, Multicam\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIncluded\u003c\/strong\u003e - 4 pegs and guy lines in separate bag, stuff sack with drawcord\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNOT Included\u003c\/strong\u003e - Ridgeline (sold separately)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDD Tarp 3x3 PRO Olive Green and Multicam Colour Options\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eOlive Green provides natural colour that blends into UK woodland environments. Multicam uses DD Hammocks' own camouflage pattern designed to blend into UK woodlands, providing visual concealment across varied landscapes. The Multicam pattern costs more due to specialized printing and pattern licensing.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhen to Choose DD Tarp 3x3 PRO Over Standard 3x3\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eChoose the PRO version if you regularly camp in extreme weather where the enclosed shelter configuration provides significant advantage over open setups. The press stud system makes it quick to transform the tarp from an open shelter to a fully enclosed cocoon when weather deteriorates, without needing to reconfigure guy lines or stakes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe PRO also suits group camping situations where you want to connect multiple tarps for larger covered areas. If you already own a standard 3x3 and want to expand your shelter system, adding a PRO version lets you connect them for group trips while still having two separate tarps for solo camping.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor basic hammock camping and bushcraft in typical UK conditions, the standard 3x3 provides enough versatility at lower weight and cost. The PRO features justify the extra 85g and higher price mainly for experienced users who will actually use the press stud system and extra attachment points regularly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDD Tarp 3x3 PRO Complementary Equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003ePair this tarp with \u003ca title=\"hammock suspension accessories for secure tree attachment, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/collections\/hammock-suspension-accessories\"\u003ehammock suspension accessories\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca title=\"camping hammocks for wild camping and bushcraft, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/collections\/hammocks\"\u003ehammocks\u003c\/a\u003e for complete setups. For cold weather, add \u003ca title=\"hammock quilts and underblankets for insulation, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/collections\/hammock-quilts-under-blankets\"\u003ehammock underblankets or quilts\u003c\/a\u003e to insulate your sleep system.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDD Tarp 3x3 PRO Limitations to Consider\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 875g weight is 85g heavier than the standard 3x3 due to the press studs and extra reinforcements. This weight difference matters for ultralight backpacking where every gram counts. The PRO only comes in 2 colour options (Olive Green and Multicam) compared to 6 colours for the standard version, limiting your choice if you want specific colours like Coyote Brown or Forest Green.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe press studs add functionality but also create potential failure points. While the press studs are durable, they can collect dirt and may become harder to snap together after extended use in muddy conditions. The PRO costs more than the standard 3x3, so you pay extra for features you may not use regularly if you mainly do basic hammock camping.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDD Tarp 3x3 PRO Care and Maintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eClean the press studs regularly to prevent dirt buildup that makes them harder to snap together. Rinse the studs with clean water after muddy camping trips and allow them to dry completely before storing. Check the press studs periodically to ensure they still snap together securely - if they become loose or damaged, contact DD Hammocks about replacement options.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eStore the tarp loosely rolled rather than compressed tightly for extended periods. This maintains the waterproof coating effectiveness and prevents the press studs from creating permanent creases in the fabric. Inspect the extra attachment points and eyelets regularly for wear, as these areas handle significant stress during setup.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDD Tarp 3x3 PRO Advice from Wylies Outdoor World Fife Scotland\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ca title=\"Outdoor Gear and Equipment, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/pages\/gear\"\u003eWylies Outdoor World's\u003c\/a\u003e owner \u003ca title=\"Meet Drew Wylie, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/blogs\/meet-our-team\/meet-drew-wylie\"\u003eDrew\u003c\/a\u003e has personally tested every DD Hammocks product over almost a decade, using them 4 nights a week in the best and worst weather the UK has to offer. This extensive field testing provides real-world knowledge of when the PRO features justify the extra weight and cost versus the standard 3x3.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eQuestions about whether the PRO features suit your camping style? Need advice on using the press stud system effectively or connecting multiple tarps? \u003ca title=\"Contact Wylies Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003eContact us\u003c\/a\u003e for guidance based on years of hands-on experience with DD Hammocks equipment.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDD Tarp 3x3 PRO Frequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWhat makes the PRO different from the standard 3x3?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe PRO adds 2 extra attachment points (21 total), 16 additional eyelets, and a press stud system along the edges. These features enable you to create fully enclosed shelters or connect multiple tarps together. The standard 3x3 has 19 attachment points without press studs.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eHow do the press studs work?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe press studs run along the edges of the tarp. You snap opposite sides together to create an enclosed shelter that blocks wind and rain from all directions. You can also use the press studs to connect multiple PRO tarps together for larger covered areas.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eCan I connect a PRO tarp to a standard 3x3?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, the press stud system only works between multiple PRO tarps. The standard 3x3 does not have press studs, so you cannot connect a PRO to a standard version using the press stud system.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eIs the extra 85g weight worth it?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eIf you regularly camp in extreme weather where enclosed shelters provide significant advantage, or if you do group camping where connecting tarps creates useful communal space, the extra weight is justified. For basic hammock camping in typical UK conditions, the standard 3x3 provides enough versatility at lower weight.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDo the press studs fail or wear out?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe press studs are durable but can collect dirt in muddy conditions. Clean them regularly with water to maintain function. With proper care, the press studs remain functional for years of use. If they become damaged, contact DD Hammocks about replacement options.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWhy does the PRO only come in 2 colours?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eDD Hammocks produces the PRO in smaller quantities than the standard 3x3, so they offer fewer colour options. The Olive Green and Multicam options cover the most popular choices for users who want the PRO features.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eCan I use the PRO for solo hammock camping?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the PRO works well for solo hammock camping. The enclosed shelter configuration using press studs provides extra weather protection for winter hammock camping or exposed locations. The extra weight (85g more than standard) is reasonable for the added functionality.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eHow many PRO tarps can I connect together?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYou can connect as many PRO tarps as needed using the press stud system. Two or three connected tarps work well for group base camps. The practical limit depends on your available anchor points and how you plan to support the connected tarp structure.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDoes the PRO use the same setup configurations as the standard 3x3?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the PRO works with all the same basic configurations (A-frame, lean-to, diamond, etc.) as the standard 3x3. The PRO adds the ability to create enclosed versions of these setups using the press studs, plus the option to connect multiple tarps together.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"DD Hammocks","offers":[{"title":"Olive Green","offer_id":20236322865252,"sku":"pro tarp 3x3-Olive Green","price":52.97,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Multicam","offer_id":20236322930788,"sku":"pro tarp 3x3-Multicam","price":58.62,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0028\/5812\/3364\/files\/DDHAMMOCKS3x3tarpproinuse-multicam18.webp?v=1739646481"},{"product_id":"dd-tarp-3-5-x-3-5","title":"DD Tarp 3.5 x 3.5","description":"\u003ch2\u003eDD Tarp 3.5 x 3.5 Waterproof Camping Tarp for Hammock and Bushcraft\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003ca title=\"DD Hammocks Collection, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/collections\/dd-hammocks\"\u003eDD Hammocks\u003c\/a\u003e Tarp 3.5 x 3.5 provides 33% more coverage than the \u003ca title=\"DD Tarp 3x3 Standard, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-tarp-3x3\"\u003e3x3 tarp\u003c\/a\u003e while remaining lighter and more packable than the \u003ca title=\"DD Tarp 4x4, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-tarp-4x4\"\u003e4x4 tarp\u003c\/a\u003e. This 3.5 metre square tarp weighs 1050g with 19 reinforced attachment points for \u003ca title=\"hammock camping equipment and complete setups, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/pages\/hammock-camping\"\u003ehammock camping\u003c\/a\u003e and bushcraft. Made from 190T polyester with 3000mm waterproof PU coating. Available in Olive Green, Coyote Brown, Forest Green, or Multicam.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIMPORTANT: This tarp does NOT include a ridgeline. Purchase ridgelines separately from our \u003ca title=\"tarp suspension accessories for hammock camping, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/collections\/tarp-suspension-accessories\"\u003etarp suspension accessories\u003c\/a\u003e collection.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDD Tarp 3.5 x 3.5 Size Comparison 33% More Coverage Than 3x3\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 3.5 x 3.5 provides 12.25 square metres of coverage compared to 9 square metres for the 3x3 tarp. This 33% increase in coverage translates to more protected space for you and your gear without the significant weight and pack size increase of moving up to the 4x4 (16 square metres).\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe extra 0.5 metres on each side makes a noticeable difference in practical use. When set up over a hammock, the additional coverage keeps rain off your gear stored at the ends. For ground dwelling setups, the extra space accommodates taller users more comfortably or provides room for two people in emergency situations. The 3.5 x 3.5 strikes a balance between the compact 3x3 and the spacious but heavier 4x4.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDD Tarp 3.5 x 3.5 Weight and Pack Size Compared to Other DD Tarps\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTarp Size\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCoverage\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBest For\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca title=\"DD Tarp 3x3, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-tarp-3x3\"\u003e3x3\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e9 square metres\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e790g\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSolo camping, ultralight backpacking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e3.5 x 3.5 (This Product)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12.25 square metres\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1050g\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSolo with extra gear, taller users, XL and Kingsize hammocks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca title=\"DD Tarp 4x4, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-tarp-4x4\"\u003e4x4\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e16 square metres\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1290g\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTwo person camping, group shelters, base camps\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 3.5 x 3.5 weighs 260g more than the 3x3 but 240g less than the 4x4. This middle ground weight makes it suitable for solo camping where you want extra coverage without carrying the full weight of a 4x4. The pack size remains manageable for backpacking while providing noticeably more shelter space than the 3x3.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDD Tarp 3.5 x 3.5 for DD Kingsize Frontline Hammock and XL Hammocks\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 3.5 x 3.5 provides the right amount of coverage for the \u003ca title=\"DD Frontline Hammock Kingsize for larger users, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-frontline-hammock-king-size\"\u003eDD Kingsize Frontline Hammock\u003c\/a\u003e, which measures larger than standard hammocks to accommodate bigger users. The additional coverage ensures the Kingsize hammock stays protected from rain and wind without needing to move up to the heavier 4x4 tarp.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor DD XL-sized \u003ca title=\"camping hammocks for wild camping and bushcraft, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/collections\/hammocks\"\u003ehammocks\u003c\/a\u003e and other larger hammocks, the 3.5 x 3.5 provides more appropriate coverage than the 3x3. The additional width and length ensure the hammock stays protected even when set up with a diagonal pitch, and the extra coverage handles wind-driven rain better on larger hammock setups.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDD Tarp 3.5 x 3.5 for Taller Users Over 6 Feet\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 3.5 metre length works better for users over 6 feet tall who find the 3x3 leaves little room for gear storage at the ends when using hammock setups. The extra 0.5 metres provides space for a pack or boots under cover without compromising the coverage over your hammock.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eTaller users benefit from the additional length when setting up A-frame or diamond configurations, as the extra coverage prevents rain from reaching gear stored at the ends of the shelter. The 3.5 x 3.5 provides the coverage taller users need without the weight penalty of moving up to the 4x4.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDD Tarp 3.5 x 3.5 for Two Person Emergency Shelter\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eWhile the 3x3 can accommodate two people in emergency situations, the space feels very tight. The 3.5 x 3.5 provides more realistic two person coverage for emergency use or occasional trips where you need to share shelter. Two people can sleep under the tarp with basic gear without feeling cramped, though the 4x4 remains more comfortable for regular two person use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 3.5 x 3.5 also works well for solo camping when you carry extensive gear that needs protection from weather. Photographers, bushcrafters with multiple tools, or winter campers with bulky insulation gear benefit from the extra covered space without needing to carry the full weight of a 4x4 tarp.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDD Tarp 3.5 x 3.5 Available in Four Colour Options\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eOlive Green provides natural colour that blends into UK woodland environments. Coyote Brown works well in open moorland and varied terrain. Forest Green matches deep woodland and coniferous forests. Multicam uses DD Hammocks' own camouflage pattern designed to blend into UK woodlands, costing more due to specialized printing.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDD Tarp 3.5 x 3.5 Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSize\u003c\/strong\u003e - 3.5 metres x 3.5 metres\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCoverage\u003c\/strong\u003e - 12.25 square metres (33% more than 3x3)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e - 1050g excluding pegs and guy lines\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e - 190T polyester with 3000mm PU waterproof coating\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeams\u003c\/strong\u003e - Taped central seam\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAttachment Points\u003c\/strong\u003e - 19 reinforced points (16 sides and corners, 3 along centre ridgeline)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColours\u003c\/strong\u003e - Olive Green, Coyote Brown, Forest Green, Multicam\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIncluded\u003c\/strong\u003e - 4 pegs and guy lines in separate bag, stuff sack with drawcord\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNOT Included\u003c\/strong\u003e - Ridgeline (sold separately)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhen to Choose DD Tarp 3.5 x 3.5 Over 3x3 or 4x4\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eChoose the 3.5 x 3.5 if you use the DD Kingsize Frontline Hammock or other XL-sized hammocks that need more coverage than the 3x3 provides. The additional width and length ensure proper protection for larger hammock setups without the weight of the 4x4.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eChoose the 3.5 x 3.5 if you are over 6 feet tall and find the 3x3 leaves insufficient room for gear at the ends of your hammock setup. The extra length provides the coverage you need without the weight penalty of moving up to the 4x4.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eChoose the 3.5 x 3.5 if you carry extensive gear that needs weather protection but do not want to carry the 1290g weight of the 4x4. The 1050g weight provides a middle ground between compact and spacious.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eChoose the 3x3 if you prioritize low weight for ultralight backpacking and the 790g weight matters more than extra coverage. Choose the 4x4 if you regularly camp with two people or want maximum covered space for base camp setups.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDD Tarp 3.5 x 3.5 Complementary Equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003ePair this tarp with \u003ca title=\"hammock suspension accessories for secure tree attachment, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/collections\/hammock-suspension-accessories\"\u003ehammock suspension accessories\u003c\/a\u003e for complete setups. For cold weather, add \u003ca title=\"hammock quilts and underblankets for insulation, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/collections\/hammock-quilts-under-blankets\"\u003ehammock underblankets or quilts\u003c\/a\u003e to insulate your sleep system.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDD Tarp 3.5 x 3.5 Limitations to Consider\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 1050g weight is 260g heavier than the 3x3, making it less suitable for ultralight backpacking where every gram matters. The extra coverage comes with a weight penalty that may not be justified if you mainly do solo camping with minimal gear in a standard-sized hammock.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor regular two person camping, the 4x4 provides more comfortable space despite weighing only 240g more than the 3.5 x 3.5. The 3.5 x 3.5 works for occasional two person use or emergencies, but the 4x4 is worth the extra weight if you regularly camp with a partner.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 3.5 x 3.5 sits in the middle ground between sizes, which means it may not be the optimal choice for any specific use case except XL and Kingsize hammocks. Users with standard hammocks who prioritize either low weight or maximum coverage may find the 3x3 or 4x4 better suits their needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDD Tarp 3.5 x 3.5 Care and Maintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eShake off dirt and debris after use before packing. Allow the tarp to dry completely before long term storage to prevent mildew. Rinse with clean water if muddy and hang to dry before packing.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eInspect attachment points and seams regularly for wear. Store the tarp loosely rolled or hung rather than compressed tightly for extended periods. Avoid campfires directly under the tarp or too close to edges, as the polyester fabric melts and burns when exposed to sparks or flame.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDD Tarp 3.5 x 3.5 Advice from Wylies Outdoor World Fife Scotland\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ca title=\"Outdoor Gear and Equipment, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/pages\/gear\"\u003eWylies Outdoor World's\u003c\/a\u003e owner \u003ca title=\"Meet Drew Wylie, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/blogs\/meet-our-team\/meet-drew-wylie\"\u003eDrew\u003c\/a\u003e has personally tested every DD Hammocks product over almost a decade, using them 4 nights a week in the best and worst weather the UK has to offer. This extensive field testing provides real-world knowledge of when the 3.5 x 3.5 size justifies the extra weight versus the 3x3 or when the 4x4 makes more sense.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eQuestions about choosing between 3x3, 3.5 x 3.5, or 4x4 sizes for your hammock size and camping style? Need advice on whether the extra coverage is worth the weight for your specific use? \u003ca title=\"Contact Wylies Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003eContact us\u003c\/a\u003e for guidance based on years of hands-on experience with DD Hammocks equipment.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDD Tarp 3.5 x 3.5 Frequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eHow much more coverage does the 3.5 x 3.5 provide compared to the 3x3?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 3.5 x 3.5 provides 12.25 square metres of coverage compared to 9 square metres for the 3x3, a 33% increase. This translates to an extra 0.5 metres on each side, providing noticeably more protected space for you and your gear.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eIs the 3.5 x 3.5 the right size for the DD Kingsize Frontline Hammock?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the 3.5 x 3.5 provides the right amount of coverage for the DD Kingsize Frontline Hammock without needing to move up to the heavier 4x4 tarp. The additional coverage ensures the larger Kingsize hammock stays protected from rain and wind.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eIs the 3.5 x 3.5 worth the extra 260g weight over the 3x3?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eIf you use a Kingsize or XL hammock, are over 6 feet tall, or carry extensive gear that needs weather protection, the extra coverage justifies the 260g weight increase. For ultralight backpacking with standard hammocks and minimal gear, the 3x3 at 790g may be more appropriate.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eCan two people camp comfortably under the 3.5 x 3.5?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eTwo people can fit under the 3.5 x 3.5 in emergency situations or for occasional trips, but the space feels tighter than the 4x4. For regular two person camping, the 4x4 provides more comfortable coverage despite weighing only 240g more than the 3.5 x 3.5.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWhich size should I choose for an XL hammock?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 3.5 x 3.5 provides more appropriate coverage for XL-sized hammocks and the Kingsize Frontline Hammock than the 3x3. The additional width and length ensure the hammock stays protected even with diagonal pitch setups, and the extra coverage handles wind-driven rain better.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eHow does the pack size compare to the 3x3 and 4x4?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 3.5 x 3.5 packs slightly larger than the 3x3 but noticeably smaller than the 4x4. The pack size remains manageable for backpacking while providing significantly more shelter space than the 3x3.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWhich colour should I choose?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eOlive Green and Forest Green blend into UK woodland. Coyote Brown works in open moorland and varied terrain. Multicam provides visual concealment using DD Hammocks' specialized camouflage pattern, costing more due to specialized printing.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWhy choose the 3.5 x 3.5 instead of going straight to the 4x4?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 3.5 x 3.5 weighs 240g less than the 4x4 while providing the right coverage for Kingsize and XL hammocks. This makes it the optimal choice for larger hammocks without carrying the full weight of a two person tarp.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"DD Hammocks","offers":[{"title":"Olive Green","offer_id":20236329812068,"sku":"serghr-Olive Green","price":44.77,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Coyote Brown","offer_id":31798336618607,"sku":"dd3.5brown","price":44.77,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Forrest Green","offer_id":54967551164802,"sku":"8748754","price":56.31,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Multicam","offer_id":20236329844836,"sku":"serghr-Multicam","price":56.31,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0028\/5812\/3364\/files\/DDHamocks3.5x3.5metersquaretarpinuse-Multicam.webp?v=1739638685"},{"product_id":"ground-dwellers-package","title":"DD Ground Dwellers Package Tarp Bivi Ground Camping","description":"\u003ch2\u003eDD Hammocks Ground Dwellers Package Tarp and Bivi Ground Camping Kit\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003ca title=\"DD Hammocks Outdoor Equipment and Camping Gear, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/collections\/dd-hammocks\"\u003eDD Hammocks\u003c\/a\u003e Ground Dwellers Package is for campers who prefer to sleep on the ground without a tent. This 8 component tarp and bivi camping kit features the DD Tarp 3x3 Pro with 21 attachment points maximizing flexibility to create myriad different shelter configurations. For ground camping, not hammock camping. Available in Olive Green or Multicam.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eGround Camping Kit for Sleeping on Ground Without Tent\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis ground dwellers kit is curated for campers who prefer to sleep on the ground without using a tent. The \u003ca title=\"DD Tarp 3x3 PRO 21 attachment points, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/2249969467492\"\u003eDD Tarp 3x3 Pro\u003c\/a\u003e with 21 attachment points maximizes flexibility to create myriad different shelter configurations for tarp camping and bivi camping.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe additional fixing points of the 3x3 Pro compared to standard tarps allow countless setup options for ground camping. Combined with inflatable mat, sleeping bag, and tarp pole, this kit provides everything needed for ground camping across Scotland, Welsh valleys, and UK camping locations.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eGround Dwellers Package Includes 8 Components\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca title=\"DD Tarp 3x3 PRO 21 attachment points, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/2249969467492\"\u003eDD Tarp 3x3 Pro\u003c\/a\u003e - 21 attachment points, 875g\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca title=\"DD Jura 2 Sleeping Bag, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/2864449912932\"\u003eDD Jura 2 Sleeping Bag Regular\u003c\/a\u003e - 1.7kg, comfortable to -5C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca title=\"DD Superlight Inflatable Mat, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/4474346733679\"\u003eDD Inflatable Mat XL\u003c\/a\u003e - 196cm x 75cm, 1.7kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca title=\"DD Magic Carpet Groundsheet, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/2249867821156\"\u003eDD Magic Carpet XL\u003c\/a\u003e - 225g groundsheet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca title=\"DD Cord 10m Tarp Ridgeline, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/2249981526116\"\u003eDD Cord 10m\u003c\/a\u003e - Tarp ridgeline\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca title=\"DD Superlight Tent Pegs x6, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/2250676469860\"\u003eDD Superlight Tent Pegs x6\u003c\/a\u003e - For tarp setup\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca title=\"DD Tarp Pole 1.8m, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/2825657614436\"\u003eDD Tarp Pole 1.8m\u003c\/a\u003e - For tarp configurations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca title=\"DD Paracord, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/2249982804068\"\u003eDD Paracord 25m\u003c\/a\u003e - For tarp suspension\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eTarp 3x3 Pro 21 Attachment Points for Myriad Shelter Configurations\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003ca title=\"DD Tarp 3x3 PRO 21 attachment points, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/2249969467492\"\u003eDD Tarp 3x3 Pro\u003c\/a\u003e provides 21 reinforced attachment points (16 around sides and corners, 5 creating X shape in middle). The additional fixing points maximize flexibility to create myriad different shelter configurations for ground camping.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e16 eyelets along outer attachment points allow tarp to be used with poles or pegged tightly to ground. Press studs on two sides allow attaching multiple tarps together or advanced configurations. Weighs 875g excluding pegs and guy lines. Made from 190T polyester with 3000mm PU waterproof coating and taped central seam.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eInflatable Mat XL 196cm x 75cm for Ground Sleeping Insulation\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003ca title=\"DD Superlight Inflatable Mat, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/4474346733679\"\u003eDD Inflatable Mat XL\u003c\/a\u003e provides insulation from cold ground when sleeping. Size 196cm x 75cm x 3.5cm with tapered foot end (31cm wide). Weighs 1.7kg. Works for bivi camping and tarp camping as roll-out mat for ground sleeping.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe inflatable mat prevents heat loss to cold ground, working with the Jura 2 sleeping bag to provide warmth for ground camping in UK conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eJura 2 Regular Sleeping Bag Comfortable to Minus 5C\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003ca title=\"DD Jura 2 Sleeping Bag, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/2864449912932\"\u003eDD Jura 2 Sleeping Bag Regular\u003c\/a\u003e provides comfort in temperatures down to -5C. Suits people up to 6ft 2in (188cm) with chest up to 44in (112cm). Weighs 1.7kg. Central zipped with waterproof foot box.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eDesigned to step into on wet ground, pull up around you. Works for both ground camping and hammock camping. Combined with inflatable mat, provides insulation system for ground camping in UK conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eTarp Pole 1.8m and Complete Suspension System\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003ca title=\"DD Tarp Pole 1.8m, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/2825657614436\"\u003eDD Tarp Pole 1.8m\u003c\/a\u003e allows various tarp configurations for ground camping. Combined with \u003ca title=\"DD Cord 10m Tarp Ridgeline, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/2249981526116\"\u003eDD Cord 10m\u003c\/a\u003e ridgeline, \u003ca title=\"DD Paracord, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/2249982804068\"\u003eDD Paracord 25m\u003c\/a\u003e, and \u003ca title=\"DD Superlight Tent Pegs x6, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/2250676469860\"\u003esuperlight tent pegs\u003c\/a\u003e, this provides complete suspension system for tarp setup.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003ca title=\"DD Magic Carpet Groundsheet, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/2249867821156\"\u003eDD Magic Carpet XL\u003c\/a\u003e (225g) provides waterproof groundsheet under sleeping area or dry cover for gear.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eAvailable in Olive Green or Multicam for UK Ground Camping\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eOlive Green provides neutral colour for UK woodland environments and wild camping discretion. Traditional outdoor camping colour that works across forest and countryside settings.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eMulticam uses multi-terrain camouflage pattern for bushcraft and concealment. Works across varied UK landscapes with military-inspired design.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eTested 4 Nights a Week for 2 Years in Scotland and Northern England\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ca title=\"Outdoor Gear and Equipment, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/pages\/gear\"\u003eWylies Outdoor World's\u003c\/a\u003e owner \u003ca title=\"Meet Drew Wylie, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/blogs\/meet-our-team\/meet-drew-wylie\"\u003eDrew\u003c\/a\u003e tested this ground dwellers package under the same conditions as the hammock kits. 4 nights a week for 2 years (4 months in winter, 2 months in summer) around Scotland and Northern England.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis testing confirms the ground dwellers kit works for year round tarp and bivi camping in UK conditions. The 21 attachment points on the 3x3 Pro tarp proved valuable for creating different shelter configurations for changing weather conditions and terrain during ground camping.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor hammock camping instead of ground camping, see the \u003ca title=\"DD Winter Hammock Kit, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-winter-hammock-combo-deal\"\u003eDD Winter Hammock Kit\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca title=\"DD Superlight Winter Hammock Kit, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-superlight-winter-hammock-combo-deal\"\u003eDD Superlight Winter Hammock Kit\u003c\/a\u003e, or \u003ca title=\"DD Big Boy Hammock Package King Size, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-big-boy-hammock-package\"\u003eDD Big Boy Hammock Package\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCustom Ground Camping Kits Tailored to Your Specific Needs\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eEach kit Drew has compiled is curated to appeal to campers with different needs. This ground dwellers package focuses on tarp and bivi camping for those who prefer sleeping on ground without tent. Drew makes custom camping kits tailored to your needs on request.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eQuestions about this ground dwellers package or need a custom kit for your specific requirements? \u003ca title=\"Contact Wylies Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003eContact us\u003c\/a\u003e for advice based on years of testing in Scottish and Northern England conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eComplete Your Ground Camping Setup with DD Hammocks Equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eBrowse our range of \u003ca title=\"DD Hammocks Outdoor Equipment and Camping Gear, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/collections\/dd-hammocks\"\u003eDD Hammocks outdoor equipment and camping gear\u003c\/a\u003e for additional camping essentials. Find more \u003ca title=\"Camping Sleep Shelter Starter Packages, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/collections\/camping-sleep-shelter-starter-packages\"\u003ecamping sleep shelter starter packages\u003c\/a\u003e at \u003ca title=\"Outdoor Gear and Equipment, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/pages\/gear\"\u003eWylies Outdoor World\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDD Ground Dwellers Package Frequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWhat is included in the DD Ground Dwellers Package?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe package includes DD Tarp 3x3 Pro, DD Jura 2 Sleeping Bag Regular, DD Inflatable Mat XL, DD Magic Carpet XL, DD Cord 10m, DD Superlight Tent Pegs x6, DD Tarp Pole 1.8m, and DD Paracord 25m. Total 8 components.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eIs the DD Ground Dwellers Package for hammock camping or ground camping?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis package is for ground camping (tarp and bivi camping), not hammock camping. It is for campers who prefer to sleep on the ground without using a tent.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eHow many attachment points does the DD Tarp 3x3 Pro have?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 3x3 Pro has 21 reinforced attachment points (16 around sides and corners, 5 creating X shape in middle). The additional fixing points maximize flexibility to create myriad different shelter configurations.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWhat temperature rating is the DD Ground Dwellers Package?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Jura 2 sleeping bag is rated comfortable to -5C. Combined with inflatable mat for ground insulation and appropriate clothing, you can ground camp year round in UK conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWhat colours are available for the DD Ground Dwellers Package?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eAvailable in Olive Green or Multicam. Olive Green blends into UK woodland environments. Multicam provides multi-terrain camouflage pattern for bushcraft.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eHow much does the DD Ground Dwellers Package weigh?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eTotal weight approximately 5.5kg including all 8 components. This includes tarp (875g), sleeping bag (1.7kg), inflatable mat (1.7kg), and accessories.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eHas the DD Ground Dwellers Package been tested in UK conditions?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, Drew tested this package 4 nights a week for 2 years (4 months in winter, 2 months in summer) around Scotland and Northern England under the same conditions as the hammock kits.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eCan I customize the DD Ground Dwellers Package?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, Drew makes custom camping kits tailored to your needs on request. Contact us to discuss your specific requirements.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWhat size is the inflatable mat in the DD Ground Dwellers Package?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe DD Inflatable Mat XL measures 196cm x 75cm x 3.5cm with tapered foot end (31cm wide). Weighs 1.7kg. Provides insulation from cold ground.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eCan the DD Tarp 3x3 Pro connect to other tarps?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, press studs on two sides allow attaching multiple tarps together for larger shelter configurations. This provides additional flexibility for group ground camping.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWhat is the difference between this package and the hammock kits?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis ground dwellers package is for sleeping on the ground without a tent (tarp and bivi camping). The hammock kits are for sleeping in hammocks suspended between trees. This package includes inflatable mat and tarp pole instead of hammock and suspension system.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDo I need a tent with the DD Ground Dwellers Package?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, this package is for campers who prefer to sleep on the ground without using a tent. The 3x3 Pro tarp provides shelter overhead while you sleep on the inflatable mat on the ground.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"DD Hammocks","offers":[{"title":"Olive Green","offer_id":20236340232292,"sku":"gdweller-Olive Green","price":234.74,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Multicam","offer_id":20236340265060,"sku":"gdweller-Multicam","price":247.51,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0028\/5812\/3364\/products\/wylies-outdoor-world-ground-dwellers-package-camping-sleep-shelter-packages-wylies-outdoor-world-25374588.jpg?v=1599770165"},{"product_id":"dd-all-season-hammock-deal","title":"DD All Season Hammock Deal Flexible Setup 3x3 Pro","description":"\u003ch2\u003eDD Hammocks All Season Hammock Deal Flexible Setup with 3x3 Pro Tarp\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003ca title=\"DD Hammocks Outdoor Equipment and Camping Gear, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/collections\/dd-hammocks\"\u003eDD Hammocks\u003c\/a\u003e All Season Hammock Deal focuses on flexibility with the DD Tarp 3x3 Pro featuring 21 reinforced attachment points for countless setup options. Combined with the \u003ca title=\"DD Superlight Frontline Hammock 620g single layer, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/2249967960164\"\u003eDD Superlight Frontline Hammock\u003c\/a\u003e (620g, 100kg limit), this 7 component \u003ca title=\"Hammock Camping Equipment and Complete Setups, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/pages\/hammock-camping\"\u003ehammock camping\u003c\/a\u003e kit offers flexibility without sacrificing too much weight and pack size. Available in Green or Multicam.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFlexibility Focused Hammock Kit with 3x3 Pro Tarp 21 Attachment Points\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis DD all season kit is curated to focus on flexibility. The \u003ca title=\"DD Tarp 3x3 PRO 21 attachment points, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/2249969467492\"\u003eDD Tarp 3x3 Pro\u003c\/a\u003e provides 21 reinforced attachment points (2 more than standard 3x3 tarp), allowing countless setup configurations for both hammock and ground camping.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 16 eyelets placed on outer attachment points allow the tarp to be used with poles or pegged tightly to ground. Press studs on two sides allow attaching multiple tarps together (up to 4 tarps in 6m x 6m square) or advanced configurations like closing one end in diamond formation. This flexibility makes the kit adaptable to changing UK weather conditions and terrain.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eAll Season Hammock Deal Includes 7 Components\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca title=\"DD Tarp 3x3 PRO 21 attachment points, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/2249969467492\"\u003eDD Tarp 3x3 Pro\u003c\/a\u003e - 21 attachment points, press studs, guy line storage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca title=\"DD Superlight Frontline Hammock 620g single layer, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/2249967960164\"\u003eDD Superlight Frontline Hammock\u003c\/a\u003e - 620g, 100kg limit, with suspension kit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca title=\"DD Underblanket Hammock Insulation, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/2249580839012\"\u003eDD Underblanket\u003c\/a\u003e - 950g, prevents heat loss to -5C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca title=\"DD Jura 2 Sleeping Bag, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/2864449912932\"\u003eDD Jura 2 Sleeping Bag Regular\u003c\/a\u003e - 1.7kg, comfortable to -5C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca title=\"DD Magic Carpet Groundsheet, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/2249867821156\"\u003eDD Magic Carpet\u003c\/a\u003e - 174g groundsheet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca title=\"DD Superlight Amsteel 2.5mm Rope Tarp Ridgeline, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/2877537386596\"\u003eDD Superlight Amsteel 15m\u003c\/a\u003e - 2.5mm ridgeline\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca title=\"DD Hammock Beer Holder Accessory, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/2249569828964\"\u003eDD Beer Holder\u003c\/a\u003e - Compact pouch for drinks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eTarp 3x3 Pro 21 Attachment Points for Countless Setup Options\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003ca title=\"DD Tarp 3x3 PRO 21 attachment points, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/2249969467492\"\u003eDD Tarp 3x3 Pro\u003c\/a\u003e provides 21 reinforced attachment points compared to 19 on the standard 3x3 tarp. The additional attachment points combined with 16 eyelets on outer points create unparalleled versatility for setup configurations.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eGuy line storage loops with velcro on corner and middle side loops allow folding and storing guy lines when packing. This keeps guy lines tangle-free between uses while still connected to tarp for quick setup. Press studs positioned on two sides allow attaching multiple tarps together or advanced configurations. Fully waterproof 3000mm PU coating.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSuperlight Frontline Hammock 620g with Complete Suspension Kit\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003ca title=\"DD Superlight Frontline Hammock 620g single layer, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/2249967960164\"\u003eDD Superlight Frontline Hammock\u003c\/a\u003e weighs 620g (hammock only) and comes pre-fitted with DD Superlight Suspension kit including superlight karabiners, tree huggers, and whoopie slings. Single-layer breathable design with built-in ultra-fine mosquito net.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSize 2.7m x 1.4m suits people up to 6ft 5in and 100kg (15.5 stone). Includes 2 x 60cm foldable spreader poles, 4 internal pockets, and 4 corner tabs for pegging or attaching underblanket. The single-layer construction saves weight compared to double-layer Frontline while maintaining mosquito protection.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eJura 2 Regular Sleeping Bag and Underblanket for Winter to Minus 5C\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003ca title=\"DD Jura 2 Sleeping Bag, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/2864449912932\"\u003eDD Jura 2 Sleeping Bag Regular\u003c\/a\u003e provides comfort in temperatures down to -5C. Suits people up to 6ft 2in (188cm) with chest up to 44in (112cm). Weighs 1.7kg. Central zipped with waterproof foot box.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003ca title=\"DD Underblanket Hammock Insulation, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/2249580839012\"\u003eDD Underblanket\u003c\/a\u003e prevents heat loss from beneath you in the hammock. Suitable for use in temperatures down to -5C. Weighs 950g. Combined with sleeping bag, this insulation system works for year round UK hammock camping with appropriate clothing.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFlexibility Without Sacrificing Too Much Weight and Pack Size\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis all season kit offers flexibility without sacrificing too much weight and pack size. Total weight approximately 4.5kg. The Superlight Frontline hammock (620g) and standard 3x3 Pro tarp weight keep overall kit weight reasonable while the 21 attachment points provide maximum setup flexibility.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eNot as comprehensive as other packages in terms of accessories - this kit is not about bells and whistles. The focus is on core components that provide flexible setup options for changing UK weather conditions and terrain across Scotland, Welsh valleys, and UK camping locations.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eAvailable in Green or Multicam for UK Woodland Camping\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eGreen (Olive Green) provides neutral colour for UK woodland environments and wild camping discretion. Traditional outdoor camping colour that works across forest and countryside settings.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eMulticam uses multi-terrain camouflage pattern for bushcraft and concealment. Works across varied UK landscapes with military-inspired design.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eTested 4 Nights a Week for 2 Years in Scotland and Northern England\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ca title=\"Outdoor Gear and Equipment, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/pages\/gear\"\u003eWylies Outdoor World's\u003c\/a\u003e owner \u003ca title=\"Meet Drew Wylie, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/blogs\/meet-our-team\/meet-drew-wylie\"\u003eDrew\u003c\/a\u003e tested this all season hammock kit under the same conditions as the other kits. 4 nights a week for 2 years (4 months in winter, 2 months in summer) around Scotland and Northern England.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis testing confirms the all season kit works for year round hammock camping in UK conditions when combined with appropriate clothing and natural wind protection. The 21 attachment points on the 3x3 Pro tarp proved valuable for adapting setup to changing weather conditions and terrain during testing.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor maximum comfort with larger hammock, see the \u003ca title=\"DD Big Boy Hammock Package King Size, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-big-boy-hammock-package\"\u003eDD Big Boy Hammock Package\u003c\/a\u003e. For long distance hiking, see the \u003ca title=\"DD Superlight Winter Hammock Kit, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-superlight-winter-hammock-combo-deal\"\u003eDD Superlight Winter Hammock Kit\u003c\/a\u003e. For balanced weight and comfort, see the \u003ca title=\"DD Winter Hammock Kit, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-winter-hammock-combo-deal\"\u003eDD Winter Hammock Kit\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCustom Hammock Kits Tailored to Your Specific Needs\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eEach kit Drew has compiled is curated to appeal to campers with different needs. Some prioritize comfort at expense of weight and bulk, others are superlight, some offer balance, and this all season kit focuses on flexibility. Drew makes custom hammock kits tailored to your needs on request.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eQuestions about this all season hammock kit or need a custom kit for your specific requirements? \u003ca title=\"Contact Wylies Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003eContact us\u003c\/a\u003e for advice based on years of testing in Scottish and Northern England conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eComplete Your Flexible Hammock Camping Setup\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eBrowse our range of \u003ca title=\"DD Hammocks Outdoor Equipment and Camping Gear, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/collections\/dd-hammocks\"\u003eDD Hammocks outdoor equipment and camping gear\u003c\/a\u003e for additional hammock camping essentials. Find more \u003ca title=\"Hammock Camping Equipment and Complete Setups, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/pages\/hammock-camping\"\u003ehammock camping equipment\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca title=\"Camping Sleep Shelter Starter Packages, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/collections\/camping-sleep-shelter-starter-packages\"\u003ecamping sleep shelter starter packages\u003c\/a\u003e at \u003ca title=\"Outdoor Gear and Equipment, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/pages\/gear\"\u003eWylies Outdoor World\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDD All Season Hammock Deal Frequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWhat is included in the DD All Season Hammock Deal?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe deal includes DD Tarp 3x3 Pro, DD Superlight Frontline Hammock with suspension kit, DD Underblanket, DD Jura 2 Sleeping Bag Regular, DD Magic Carpet, DD Superlight Amsteel 15m, and DD Beer Holder. Total 7 components.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWhat makes the DD All Season Hammock Deal different from other kits?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis kit focuses on flexibility with the 3x3 Pro tarp featuring 21 attachment points for countless setup options. It offers flexibility without sacrificing too much weight and pack size. Not as comprehensive in accessories as other kits - the focus is on flexible core components.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eHow many attachment points does the DD Tarp 3x3 Pro have?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 3x3 Pro has 21 reinforced attachment points, which is 2 more than the standard 3x3 tarp. It also includes 16 eyelets on outer points, press studs for connecting multiple tarps, and guy line storage loops.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWhat is the weight limit of the DD All Season Hammock Deal?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Superlight Frontline Hammock has 100kg (15.5 stone) weight limit and suits people up to 6ft 5in. This is lower than the 125kg limit on double-layer Frontline hammocks due to the single-layer construction.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWhat temperature rating is the DD All Season Hammock Deal?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Jura 2 sleeping bag and underblanket are both rated comfortable to -5C. With appropriate clothing and natural wind protection, you can hammock camp year round in UK conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWhat colours are available for the DD All Season Hammock Deal?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eAvailable in Green (Olive Green) or Multicam. Green blends into UK woodland environments. Multicam provides multi-terrain camouflage pattern for bushcraft.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eHow much does the DD All Season Hammock Deal weigh?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eTotal weight approximately 4.5kg including all 7 components. This offers flexibility without sacrificing too much weight compared to the Big Boy package (7kg) but more than the Superlight kit (4.5kg).\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eHas the DD All Season Hammock Deal been tested in UK conditions?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, Drew tested this kit 4 nights a week for 2 years (4 months in winter, 2 months in summer) around Scotland and Northern England under the same conditions as other kits.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eCan I customize the DD All Season Hammock Deal?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, Drew makes custom hammock kits tailored to your needs on request. Contact us to discuss your specific requirements.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWhat size sleeping bag is included in the DD All Season Hammock Deal?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis kit includes DD Jura 2 Regular which suits people up to 6ft 2in (188cm) with chest up to 44in (112cm). Weighs 1.7kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eCan the DD Tarp 3x3 Pro connect to other tarps?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, press studs on two sides allow attaching multiple tarps together, up to maximum of 4 tarps in large 6m x 6m square shape. This provides additional flexibility for group camping or larger shelter configurations.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eIs the DD All Season Hammock Deal suitable for long distance hiking?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe kit weighs approximately 4.5kg which is reasonable for hiking but not ultralight. For long distance hiking where weight is critical, see the DD Superlight Winter Hammock Kit. This all season kit works well for camping where flexibility matters more than minimum weight.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"DD Hammocks","offers":[{"title":"Green","offer_id":20236343935076,"sku":"DD All Season Hammock Deal-Green","price":276.28,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Multicam","offer_id":20236343967844,"sku":"DD All Season Hammock Deal-Multicam","price":285.77,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0028\/5812\/3364\/products\/dd-hammocks-dd-all-season-hammock-deal-camping-sleep-shelter-packages-wylies-outdoor-world-25372563.jpg?v=1599767877"},{"product_id":"dd-ultimate-versatility-package","title":"DD Ultimate Versatility Package","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe DD Ultimate Versatility Camping Starter Package is the perfect balance of weight, versatility and pack-down size. It really is the one package that will have you fully kitted out to go camping in comfort, particularly if you plan to visit campsites or locations you are unfamiliar with in the UK or even further afield.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAre you relatively new to camping and ever asked yourself \u003cspan\u003ewhat do you need for camping? or what are the camping essentials? T\u003cspan\u003ehen the DD Ultimate Versatility Camping Starter Package is what you need.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCompiled by Wylies Outdoor Worlds owner 'Drew Wylie' after testing various DD Tarps, DD Hammocks, and everything else DD has to offer on average 4 nights a week, every week, regardless of the UK weather conditions. Drew frequently enjoys exploring new locations on his own adventures. This required the need for a camping kit that covers sleep and shelter while primarily taking into account the flexibility of each of the items on his camping kit list but also asking himself the question \"how will I pack my backpack for a camping trip\"\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote: \u003c\/strong\u003eIf an item is out of stock that is included in the package we will replace it with a similar item (with permission).\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Versatility Package Includes:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDD 3x3 PRO Tarp\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDD Travel Hammock\/Bivi\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDD Inflatable Mat XL\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDD Jura 2 Sleeping Bag\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDD Superlight Amsteel Rope (15m)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDD Fixed Loops x2\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDD Superlight Pegs (x6)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDD Hiking Poles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDD Paracord (10m)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDD 3x3 Pro Tarp:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe\u003cstrong\u003e \u003c\/strong\u003eDD 3x3 Pro Tarp really is one of the most flexible camping tarpaulins available on the market today. Based largely on the standard DD 3X3 Tarp with the addition of more fixing points allowing even more tarp configurations and set up options.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIn addition to the fully waterproof 3000mm PU coating:\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e21 reinforced attachment points (2 more than the DD Tarp 3x3) allow for the Tarp 3x3 Pro to be set up in countless ways.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e16 eyelets placed on each outer attachment point to allow the DD Tarp 3x3 Pro to be used with poles or pegged tightly onto the ground.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGuy line stowage loops: corner and middle side loops have velcro to allow folding of and storing the guy lines when packing - (handy to keep the guy lines tangle-free between uses, while still connected to the tarp for quick set-up).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePress studs:\u003cstrong\u003e \u003c\/strong\u003epositioned on two sides of the tarp, these allow you to attach multiple tarps together (up to a maximum of 4 tarps in a large 6m x 6m square shape). Also allow for advanced tarp configurations for both hammock and ground dwellers: for example, close one end together when used in the diamond formation with a hammock.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDD Travel Hammock\/Bivi\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"short-description\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"std\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eThe double-layered DD Travel Hammock\/Bivi has a built on mosquito net and a waterproof floor. With the webbing pre-fitted and spreader poles\/elastic included to raise the net, the Travel Hammock is a versatile system suitable for users with any level of hammock camping experience.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eThis hammock's waterproof base layers make it ready to deploy on the ground as a bivi. Backpackers and long-distance hikers will appreciate this, in the event that the next campsite turns out to be tree-free.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNote: \u003c\/strong\u003eThe Travel Hammock is designed for dual use (on\/off ground), and is not ideal \u003cspan\u003esolely \u003c\/span\u003efor use as a hammock.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSize: 2.7m x 1.4m (6ft 5in and 125kg to maintain comfort)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eColour: Coyote Brown\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight: 930g ( Hammock only)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIncludes: Travel Hammock, Webbing (10m), 2x elastic cord, 2 x spreader poles, stuff sack.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDouble-layered design with velcro tab closure – insert a partially-inflated Thermarest between the layers in cooler weather\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWaterproof floor layers for use on the ground\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUltra-fine mesh mosquito net built in: zips closed and protects against all insects\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFoldable lightweight spreader poles and two 2m lengths of elastic, to suspend the net\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 x double-sided zippers for easy open and close\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 x internal hanging loops for torches, glasses etc.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 internal pockets to store small valuables\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 tabs on each corner of the base - to peg out, to suspend equipment from or to fit a DD Underblanket\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePre-fitted with 10m strong suspension webbing (5m each end)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStuff sack\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDD Inflatable Mat XL\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eThe DD Inflatable Mat has a tapered foot end, making it ideal to fit inside your hammock as an insulation pad. It's also great for bivi camping and is lightweight enough not to weigh you down on the trail.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eIt's quick and easy to set up: a secure screw valve at the top allows partial self-inflation, allowing you to top it up yourself if required.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSize: 196cm x 75cm x 3.5cm (31cm wide at foot end)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight: 1700g\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMade from 190T polyester with PVC coating\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePacked size: 38cm x 23cm x 23cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThickness: 3.5cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDD Jura 2 Sleeping Bag\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eComfortable for use in temperatures down to -5C, the DD Jura 2 Sleeping Bag is central-zipped with a waterproof foot box, designed to let you step into it on wet ground, pull it up around you and sit back into your hammock.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"font-s\"\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRipstop nylon shell with a water-repellent coating, filled with microfibre\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWaterproof foot box (inside and out) made from Oxford nylon\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLarge, sturdy centre zip for ease of entry\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNeck and zip baffles, and an adjustable hood to be closed snugly around you\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 internal mesh pockets set at an angle to prevent items from falling out\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeight: comfy for people up to 6ft 2in or 188cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChest size: comfy up to 44in or 112cm chest\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShoe size: max 11 UK (46 EU and 11.5 USA) if wearing boots inside bag\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompressed Packed Size: 26cm x 22cm x 21cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight: 1.7kg or 60oz\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAmsteel 2.5mm Superlight: TARP RIDGELINE\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAmsteel (Dyneema cord) is great for a range of purposes such as hammock camping and kayaking, but perhaps most widely known for its use in making whoopie slings – a lightweight hammock suspension solution or used as a tarp ridgeline.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eWhen made into whoopie slings, this is a fantastic modification for anyone looking to reduce the pack weight of their hammock.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications:\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDark grey 2.5mm Amsteel rope: purchase by the metre (orders up to 182m long are sent as a single length, which can be cut as required).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf made into whoopie slings, is compatible with all DD hammocks – weight limit 125kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is Amsteel?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMade from Dyneema SK75 with Samthane Coating - very hard-wearing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e8-strand single braid construction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSize for size same strength as wire rope, yet only 1\/7 of the weight: outlasts wire rope in tests\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFlexible, easy to handle and easily field spliced\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDD Fixed Loops: For the tarp ridgeline prusik knots to tension your tarp\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eMade from extra-strong Amsteel rope, these are a lightweight solution to keeping your tarp taught when setting up on a ridgeline.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eWhy not make these fasteners into prusik knots on your ridgeline? Simply clip the free ends to your tarp loop to keep your tarp firmly in place.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSize: 70cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eColour: Grey\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight: 5g each\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDD Hiking Poles\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003ePerfect for days up in the hills, this collapsible pole extends to 135cm and easily doubles up as a support for your tarp.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv dir=\"ltr\"\u003eA comfortable handgrip and wrist strap make it a helpful companion for you when the trail gets tough. A removable trekking basket and tip protector means you can also fix it into the ground to use as a tarp prop, without any sharp ends to worry about.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cdiv dir=\"ltr\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv dir=\"ltr\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv dir=\"ltr\"\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSize: 135cm Height\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eColour: Olive Green\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight: 255g\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIncludes: 1 x pole\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMolded hand grip\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdjustable wrist strap\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3 collapsible sections\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTrekking basket\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTip protector\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCollapsed size: 67cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"DD Hammocks","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":31528510226543,"sku":"DD Ultimate Versatility Package -Green","price":219.14,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0028\/5812\/3364\/products\/dd-hammocks-dd-ultimate-versatility-package-camping-sleep-shelter-packages-wylies-outdoor-world-25373915.jpg?v=1599769169"},{"product_id":"dd-hammocks-camping-starter-package","title":"DD Hammocks Camping Starter Package","description":"\u003cp\u003eThis Hammock Camping starter package has the essential camping items you will need to start building your own kit, covering shelter, insulation, fire starting, signaling, navigation, first aid. \u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis package also covers the basic 5 C's of Survival. \u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCutting device\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCombustion device\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCordage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eContainer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCover\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis hammock camping starter package has been combined with the best (all-round performing) products in their respective price ranges from DD Hammocks and Mora Knives to give you the best selection available when it comes to the basics of what your final camping loadout will be. So you can concentrate on adding to your camping kit over time rather than replacing low-quality budget items that are just not up to the task. This package was compiled by our owner and chief product tester (Drew Wylie) each Item in this package has been tested extensively for a period of months on his own weekly camping trips and we can personally testify to the reliability of the individual items in this package. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePerfectly suited for anyone that is just getting started in hammock camping who may also be budget-conscious or perhaps a young adult looking to get into hammock camping.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThis Camping Starter Package can help you save money.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Camping Starter Package Includes:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDD Tarp 3x3\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDD Camping Hammock\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDD Underblanket\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDD Magic Carpet XL\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMora Companion\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKombat UK Large Army Fire Starter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDD Paracord (10m)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDD Mess Tins\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"DD Hammocks","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":20240934862948,"sku":"DD_Budget_starter1","price":154.58,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0028\/5812\/3364\/products\/dd-hammocks-dd-hammocks-camping-starter-package-camping-sleep-shelter-packages-wylies-outdoor-world-25372831.jpg?v=1599768227"},{"product_id":"dd-tarp-5x5","title":"DD Tarp 5x5","description":"\u003ch2\u003eDD Tarp 5x5 Waterproof Camping Tarp for Base Camps and Family Camping\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003ca title=\"DD Hammocks Collection, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/collections\/dd-hammocks\"\u003eDD Hammocks\u003c\/a\u003e Tarp 5x5 is the largest tarp in the DD range, providing 25 square metres of coverage for base camps, family camping, and bushcraft meets. This 5 metre square tarp weighs 1.9kg with 25 reinforced attachment points including 9 central points for versatile large shelter configurations. Made from 190T polyester with 3000mm waterproof PU coating. Available in Olive Green or Multicam.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIMPORTANT: This tarp does NOT include a ridgeline. Purchase ridgelines separately from our \u003ca title=\"tarp suspension accessories for hammock camping, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/collections\/tarp-suspension-accessories\"\u003etarp suspension accessories\u003c\/a\u003e collection. Not recommended for solo use due to size and weight.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDD Tarp 5x5 Size 25 Square Metres for Group Camping\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 5x5 provides 25 square metres of coverage, 56% more than the \u003ca title=\"DD Tarp 4x4, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-tarp-4x4\"\u003e4x4 tarp\u003c\/a\u003e (16 square metres) and 178% more than the \u003ca title=\"DD Tarp 3x3 Standard, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-tarp-3x3\"\u003e3x3 tarp\u003c\/a\u003e (9 square metres). This large coverage makes the 5x5 suitable for situations where you need maximum sheltered space for groups, families, or extended base camp setups.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 5 metre dimensions provide enough space for multiple people to gather comfortably under cover, making it suitable for group cooking areas, bushcraft teaching spaces, or family camping where everyone needs protection from weather. The large size also works well for covering gear and equipment at base camps during multi-day trips.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDD Tarp 5x5 for Base Camp Cooking and Communal Shelters\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 25 square metres of coverage makes the 5x5 the right choice for base camp cooking shelters where multiple people need to work together preparing meals. The large covered area provides space for cooking equipment, food preparation surfaces, and people to move around without feeling cramped or stepping outside into rain.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor bushcraft meets and outdoor teaching, the 5x5 creates a communal gathering space where instructors can demonstrate techniques while students watch under cover. The large size accommodates groups of 6-8 people comfortably for instruction, meals, or evening gatherings. Scout groups and outdoor education programs benefit from the 5x5 as a central shelter for group activities.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDD Tarp 5x5 for Family Camping with Children\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eFamily camping with children requires more covered space than adult-only trips. The 5x5 provides room for parents and children to gather for meals, games, and activities under cover during rainy weather. The large size means children can play under the tarp without constantly being told to stay still or move carefully.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 5x5 works well as a covered living area adjacent to family tents, creating an outdoor room where the family can spend time together regardless of weather. The covered space reduces the feeling of being trapped in tents during prolonged rain, making family camping trips more enjoyable when weather does not cooperate.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDD Tarp 5x5 25 Attachment Points Including 9 Central Points\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 25 reinforced attachment points include 16 around the sides and corners plus 9 along the centre of the tarp. The 9 central attachment points provide more options for internal support and complex shelter configurations needed for large tarps. These central points allow you to create peaked roofs, multiple ridgelines, and other configurations that prevent sagging in the middle of the large tarp.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe additional attachment points compared to smaller tarps (which have 19 points with 3 central) give you more flexibility for securing the tarp in high winds and creating stable structures with the large surface area. The central points are particularly important for the 5x5 size, as they prevent the middle of the tarp from collecting water or sagging without proper support.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDD Tarp 5x5 Weight 1.9kg Not Suitable for Solo Backpacking\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 5x5 weighs 1.9kg excluding pegs and guy lines, making it too heavy for solo backpacking or situations where one person carries all the gear. The weight makes sense when split among multiple people for group trips, with each person carrying a portion of the tarp and suspension equipment.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor base camps where you drive to the location or make short walks from vehicles, the 1.9kg weight is reasonable for the large coverage provided. The 5x5 is designed for situations where coverage matters more than pack weight, such as semi-permanent base camps, car camping, or group expeditions where gear is shared among participants.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDD Tarp 5x5 Available in Olive Green or Multicam\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eOlive Green provides natural colour that blends into UK woodland environments. Multicam uses DD Hammocks' own camouflage pattern designed to blend into UK woodlands, costing more due to specialized printing and pattern licensing.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDD Tarp 5x5 Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSize\u003c\/strong\u003e - 5 metres x 5 metres\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCoverage\u003c\/strong\u003e - 25 square metres\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e - 1.9kg excluding pegs and guy lines\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e - 190T polyester with 3000mm PU waterproof coating\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeams\u003c\/strong\u003e - Taped central seams\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAttachment Points\u003c\/strong\u003e - 25 reinforced points (16 sides and corners, 9 along centre)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColours\u003c\/strong\u003e - Olive Green, Multicam\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIncluded\u003c\/strong\u003e - 4 pegs and guy lines in separate bag, stuff sack with drawcord\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNOT Included\u003c\/strong\u003e - Ridgeline (sold separately)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhen to Choose DD Tarp 5x5 Over Smaller Tarps\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eChoose the 5x5 for base camp cooking shelters where multiple people need covered space to prepare meals and gather. The 25 square metres provides room for cooking equipment and people to move around comfortably.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eChoose the 5x5 for family camping with children where you need covered living space for the whole family during rainy weather. The large size accommodates family activities and reduces the feeling of being confined to tents.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eChoose the 5x5 for bushcraft meets, outdoor teaching, and Scout groups where you need communal shelter for instruction and group activities. The coverage accommodates 6-8 people comfortably for learning and gathering.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eChoose smaller tarps for solo camping, two person trips, or situations where pack weight matters. The \u003ca title=\"DD Tarp 4x4, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-tarp-4x4\"\u003e4x4\u003c\/a\u003e at 1.29kg provides adequate coverage for two people, while the \u003ca title=\"DD Tarp 3x3 Standard, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-tarp-3x3\"\u003e3x3\u003c\/a\u003e at 790g suits solo camping.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDD Tarp 5x5 Setup Requires Multiple Support Points\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 5x5 size requires more support points than smaller tarps to prevent sagging and water pooling. Use the 9 central attachment points to create internal support with poles or additional ridgelines. The large surface area catches more wind, so secure all attachment points properly and use adequate stakes and guy lines.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSetting up the 5x5 works better with multiple people helping to manage the large fabric area. One person can set up the tarp alone, but having 2-3 people makes the process faster and easier, particularly in windy conditions where the large surface area catches wind.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDD Tarp 5x5 Complementary Equipment for Large Shelters\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003ePair this tarp with multiple \u003ca title=\"tarp suspension accessories for hammock camping, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/collections\/tarp-suspension-accessories\"\u003etarp poles\u003c\/a\u003e to support the central attachment points and prevent sagging. You will need more guy lines and stakes than provided to secure all 25 attachment points properly. Consider purchasing additional DD Cord or Amsteel Rope for ridgelines and guy lines.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDD Tarp 5x5 Limitations to Consider\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 1.9kg weight is too heavy for solo backpacking or situations where one person carries all gear. The 5x5 is designed for group trips where weight is shared, base camps where you drive to the location, or situations where coverage matters more than pack weight.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe large 5x5 size requires more setup time and effort compared to smaller tarps. You need adequate space to lay out the tarp during setup, and finding suitable anchor points for all attachment points can be challenging in some locations. The large surface area catches more wind, requiring more secure staking than smaller tarps.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 5x5 packs significantly larger than smaller tarps, taking up considerable space in vehicles or storage. The packed size makes it impractical for backpacking but reasonable for car camping and base camp situations.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDD Tarp 5x5 Care and Maintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eShake off dirt and debris after use before packing. Allow the tarp to dry completely before long-term storage to prevent mildew. The large size means drying takes longer than smaller tarps, so plan accordingly when breaking camp.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eInspect all 25 attachment points and seams regularly for wear. The large size puts more stress on attachment points compared to smaller tarps, particularly the central points that support the middle of the tarp. Store the tarp loosely rolled or hung rather than compressed tightly for extended periods.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDD Tarp 5x5 Advice from Wylies Outdoor World Fife Scotland\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ca title=\"Outdoor Gear and Equipment, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/pages\/gear\"\u003eWylies Outdoor World's\u003c\/a\u003e owner \u003ca title=\"Meet Drew Wylie, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/blogs\/meet-our-team\/meet-drew-wylie\"\u003eDrew\u003c\/a\u003e has personally tested every DD Hammocks product over almost a decade, using them 4 nights a week in the best and worst weather the UK has to offer. This extensive field testing provides real-world knowledge of when the 5x5 size makes sense for group camping versus when smaller tarps suffice.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eQuestions about setting up the 5x5 for base camps or family camping? Need advice on support configurations for large tarps? \u003ca title=\"Contact Wylies Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003eContact us\u003c\/a\u003e for guidance based on years of hands-on experience with DD Hammocks equipment.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDD Tarp 5x5 Frequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eHow many people can fit under the 5x5?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 25 square metres comfortably accommodates 6-8 people for group activities, instruction, or meals. For sleeping, the 5x5 can fit 4-5 people with gear in ground dwelling configurations, though most groups use the 5x5 as a communal shelter alongside individual sleeping tents.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eIs the 5x5 too heavy for backpacking?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, at 1.9kg the 5x5 is too heavy for solo backpacking. The weight makes sense when split among multiple people for group trips, or for base camps where you drive to the location. Choose smaller tarps for backpacking where pack weight matters.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eHow many attachment points does the 5x5 have?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 5x5 has 25 reinforced attachment points - 16 around the sides and corners, plus 9 along the centre. The 9 central points are important for supporting the large tarp and preventing sagging in the middle.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eCan one person set up the 5x5 alone?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eOne person can set up the 5x5, but having 2-3 people makes the process faster and easier. The large fabric area is harder to manage alone, particularly in windy conditions where the surface area catches wind.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWhat is the 5x5 best used for?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 5x5 excels as a base camp cooking shelter, family camping living area, bushcraft teaching space, or Scout group communal shelter. It provides maximum covered space for situations where multiple people need to gather under protection from weather.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWhich colour should I choose?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eOlive Green blends into UK woodland environments. Multicam provides visual concealment using DD Hammocks' specialized camouflage pattern, costing more due to specialized printing.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDoes the 5x5 come with enough pegs and guy lines?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 5x5 includes 4 pegs and guy lines, but you will need additional stakes and guy lines to secure all 25 attachment points properly. Purchase extra DD Cord or Amsteel Rope and additional stakes for complete setup.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eHow does the 5x5 compare to the 4x4 for two person camping?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 4x4 at 1.29kg provides adequate coverage for two people and is more practical for two person backpacking. The 5x5 at 1.9kg is larger than needed for two people unless you want maximum covered space for extended base camp stays.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"DD Hammocks","offers":[{"title":"Olive Green","offer_id":20240957931620,"sku":"DD5X5-Green","price":104.77,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false},{"title":"Multicam","offer_id":20240957964388,"sku":"DD5X5-Multicam","price":129.38,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0028\/5812\/3364\/files\/DDHamocks5x5tarpinuse-olivegreen4.webp?v=1739636263"},{"product_id":"dd-superlight-tarp-xl","title":"DD Superlight Tarp XL","description":"\u003ch2\u003eDD Superlight Tarp XL 690g Ultralight Rectangular Camping Tarp\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003ca title=\"DD Hammocks Collection, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/collections\/dd-hammocks\"\u003eDD Hammocks\u003c\/a\u003e Superlight Tarp XL weighs 690g and provides more coverage than the \u003ca title=\"DD Superlight Tarp 510g, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-superlight-tarp\"\u003estandard Superlight Tarp\u003c\/a\u003e (510g) while maintaining ultralight construction. This rectangular 4.5m x 2.9m tarp provides 13.05 square metres of coverage for solo camping with extra gear or two person ultralight setups. Made from 20D ripstop nylon with silicone coating and 3000mm waterproof rating. Available in Olive Green only.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Superlight Tarp XL combines the ultralight construction of the \u003ca title=\"DD Superlight Tarp 510g ultralight, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-superlight-tarp\"\u003eDD Superlight Tarp\u003c\/a\u003e with the rectangular shape and extra coverage of the \u003ca title=\"DD Tarp XL 4.5m x 3m rectangular, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-tarp-xl\"\u003eDD Tarp XL\u003c\/a\u003e, creating an ultralight option for those who need more coverage than the standard Superlight provides.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIMPORTANT: This tarp does NOT include a ridgeline. Purchase ridgelines separately from our \u003ca title=\"tarp suspension accessories for hammock camping, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/collections\/tarp-suspension-accessories\"\u003etarp suspension accessories\u003c\/a\u003e collection.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDD Superlight Tarp XL Weight 690g for Ultralight Backpacking\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Superlight Tarp XL weighs 690g compared to 510g for the \u003ca title=\"DD Superlight Tarp 510g ultralight, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-superlight-tarp\"\u003estandard Superlight Tarp\u003c\/a\u003e, a 180g weight increase for significantly more coverage. The 690g weight is still 330g lighter than the \u003ca title=\"DD Tarp XL 4.5m x 3m rectangular, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-tarp-xl\"\u003estandard Tarp XL\u003c\/a\u003e (1020g), making it the ultralight option when you need more coverage than the standard Superlight provides.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 20D ripstop nylon construction with silicone coating provides the weight savings while maintaining 3000mm waterproof protection. The lighter fabric packs down smaller and is less prone to folding damage over time compared to heavier polyester tarps, making it better suited for regular packing and unpacking on extended trips.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDD Superlight Tarp XL Rectangular 4.5m x 2.9m for Extra Coverage\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe rectangular 4.5m x 2.9m dimensions provide 13.05 square metres of coverage compared to 8.7 square metres for the \u003ca title=\"DD Superlight Tarp 510g ultralight, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-superlight-tarp\"\u003estandard Superlight Tarp\u003c\/a\u003e (2.9m x 3m). The extra 0.6 metres in length (4.5m vs 3m on the standard) provides additional coverage along the hammock or shelter length, useful for taller users or those carrying more gear.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe rectangular shape works well for A-frame and lean-to setups where the 4.5 metre length provides coverage along one direction. The shape is less flexible than square tarps but optimized for specific configurations where the longer dimension provides advantages. This makes the Superlight XL similar in shape to the \u003ca title=\"DD Tarp XL 4.5m x 3m rectangular, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-tarp-xl\"\u003estandard Tarp XL\u003c\/a\u003e but with ultralight construction.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDD Superlight Tarp XL for Solo Camping with Extra Gear\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 13.05 square metres of coverage suits solo camping when you carry extensive gear that needs weather protection. Photographers, bushcrafters with multiple tools, or winter campers with bulky insulation gear benefit from the extra covered space compared to the \u003ca title=\"DD Superlight Tarp 510g ultralight, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-superlight-tarp\"\u003estandard Superlight Tarp\u003c\/a\u003e, while maintaining ultralight pack weight at 690g.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe extra coverage also works for taller users who find the standard Superlight Tarp (2.9m x 3m) leaves insufficient room for gear at the ends of hammock setups. The 4.5 metre length provides coverage from head to foot with space for packs and boots under cover.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDD Superlight Tarp XL for Two Person Ultralight Camping\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 690g weight splits to 345g per person when shared between two people, making it practical for two person ultralight backpacking. The 13.05 square metres provides adequate coverage for two people in ground dwelling setups or two hammocks, while maintaining ultralight pack weight when the load is shared.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor two person trips where both people prioritize low weight, the Superlight XL provides more coverage than the \u003ca title=\"DD Superlight Tarp 510g ultralight, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-superlight-tarp\"\u003estandard Superlight\u003c\/a\u003e while weighing significantly less than the \u003ca title=\"DD Tarp XL 4.5m x 3m rectangular, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-tarp-xl\"\u003estandard Tarp XL\u003c\/a\u003e (1020g). The weight savings of 330g compared to the standard XL makes a difference on multi-day trips.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDD Superlight Tarp XL 20D Ripstop Nylon Lighter and Packs Smaller\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 20D ripstop nylon fabric provides significant weight savings compared to the 190T polyester used in standard tarps. The ripstop construction prevents small tears from spreading, important for ultralight fabrics. The silicone coating provides 3000mm waterproof protection while remaining lighter than PU coatings used on standard tarps.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 20D fabric packs down to a smaller size than heavier polyester tarps, taking up less space in your pack. The fabric is also less prone to folding damage over time compared to polyester, making it better suited for regular packing and unpacking on extended trips. The lighter fabric requires more care to avoid punctures from sharp rocks and sticks, so clear your camping area thoroughly before setup.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDD Superlight Tarp XL 19 Attachment Points\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 19 reinforced attachment points provide the same setup versatility as other DD tarps. The attachment points use reinforced fabric loops that handle the stress of guy lines and stakes without tearing. These points enable A-frame, lean-to, and other configurations suited for different weather conditions and terrain.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe attachment points are positioned identically to the \u003ca title=\"DD Tarp XL 4.5m x 3m rectangular, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-tarp-xl\"\u003estandard Tarp XL\u003c\/a\u003e, so setup techniques and configurations transfer directly between the two tarps. This makes it easy to switch between the Superlight XL for weight-conscious trips and the standard XL when you prefer heavier fabric.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDD Superlight Tarp XL Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSize\u003c\/strong\u003e - 4.5 metres x 2.9 metres (rectangular)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCoverage\u003c\/strong\u003e - 13.05 square metres\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e - 690g excluding pegs and guy lines\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight Saving\u003c\/strong\u003e - 330g lighter than standard Tarp XL (1020g)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight Per Person\u003c\/strong\u003e - 345g when shared between two people\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e - 20D ripstop nylon with silicone coating\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWaterproof Rating\u003c\/strong\u003e - 3000mm hydrostatic head\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeams\u003c\/strong\u003e - Taped seams\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAttachment Points\u003c\/strong\u003e - 19 reinforced loops\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e - Olive Green\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIncluded\u003c\/strong\u003e - 4 Superlight pegs and guy lines, stuff sack\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNOT Included\u003c\/strong\u003e - Ridgeline (sold separately)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhen to Choose DD Superlight Tarp XL Over Other Tarps\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eChoose the Superlight Tarp XL when you need more coverage than the \u003ca title=\"DD Superlight Tarp 510g ultralight, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-superlight-tarp\"\u003estandard Superlight Tarp\u003c\/a\u003e (8.7 square metres) but want to maintain ultralight pack weight. The 690g weight provides 13.05 square metres of coverage, suitable for solo camping with extra gear or two person ultralight trips.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eChoose the Superlight XL when you are taller than 6 feet and find the standard Superlight leaves insufficient room for gear at the ends of hammock setups. The 4.5 metre length provides the coverage you need while maintaining ultralight construction.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eChoose the Superlight XL for two person ultralight backpacking where you split the 690g weight (345g per person). This provides more coverage than the standard Superlight while weighing significantly less than the \u003ca title=\"DD Tarp XL 4.5m x 3m rectangular, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-tarp-xl\"\u003estandard Tarp XL\u003c\/a\u003e (1020g).\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eChoose the \u003ca title=\"DD Superlight Tarp 510g ultralight, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-superlight-tarp\"\u003estandard Superlight Tarp\u003c\/a\u003e at 510g if you prioritize absolute minimum weight for solo camping with minimal gear. Choose the \u003ca title=\"DD Tarp XL 4.5m x 3m rectangular, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-tarp-xl\"\u003estandard Tarp XL\u003c\/a\u003e at 1020g if you prefer heavier polyester fabric.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDD Superlight Tarp XL Complementary Ultralight Equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003ePair this tarp with ultralight \u003ca title=\"hammock suspension accessories for secure tree attachment, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/collections\/hammock-suspension-accessories\"\u003ehammock suspension accessories\u003c\/a\u003e like DD Superlight Amsteel Rope for ridgelines. Use DD Superlight Pegs (included) for staking out the tarp. For complete ultralight setups, combine with ultralight \u003ca title=\"camping hammocks for wild camping and bushcraft, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/collections\/hammocks\"\u003ehammocks\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca title=\"hammock quilts and underblankets for insulation, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/collections\/hammock-quilts-under-blankets\"\u003ehammock quilts\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDD Superlight Tarp XL Limitations to Consider\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 20D ripstop nylon fabric requires more care to avoid punctures from sharp rocks, sticks, and rough ground compared to heavier polyester tarps. Clear your camping area thoroughly before setup and use a groundsheet for ground dwelling configurations to protect the fabric from sharp objects.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe rectangular shape is less flexible for setup options compared to square tarps. The Superlight XL works best when you orient the 4.5 metre length in the direction you need coverage, limiting some configuration options compared to square tarps.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 690g weight is 180g heavier than the \u003ca title=\"DD Superlight Tarp 510g ultralight, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-superlight-tarp\"\u003estandard Superlight Tarp\u003c\/a\u003e (510g). If you prioritize absolute minimum weight for solo camping with minimal gear, the standard Superlight provides adequate coverage at lower weight.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDD Superlight Tarp XL Care and Maintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eHandle the tarp carefully during setup and takedown to avoid snagging the 20D fabric on sharp objects. Clear your camping area of rocks, sticks, and anything that could puncture the fabric. Use a groundsheet when setting up ground dwelling configurations to protect the underside from abrasion.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eAllow the tarp to dry completely before packing for long-term storage. The silicone coating resists mildew better than PU coatings, but moisture can still cause problems if stored wet. Store the tarp loosely in its stuff sack rather than compressed tightly for extended periods.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eInspect the tarp regularly for small tears or punctures. Repair damage promptly using silicone-based repair tape or patches designed for silicone-coated fabrics. Standard PU-based repair tape does not adhere well to silicone coatings.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDD Superlight Tarp XL Advice from Wylies Outdoor World Fife Scotland\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ca title=\"Outdoor Gear and Equipment, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/pages\/gear\"\u003eWylies Outdoor World's\u003c\/a\u003e owner \u003ca title=\"Meet Drew Wylie, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/blogs\/meet-our-team\/meet-drew-wylie\"\u003eDrew\u003c\/a\u003e has personally tested every DD Hammocks product over almost a decade, using them 4 nights a week in the best and worst weather the UK has to offer. This extensive field testing provides real-world knowledge of when the Superlight XL makes sense versus the \u003ca title=\"DD Superlight Tarp 510g ultralight, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-superlight-tarp\"\u003estandard Superlight\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca title=\"DD Tarp XL 4.5m x 3m rectangular, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-tarp-xl\"\u003estandard XL\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eQuestions about choosing between Superlight, Superlight XL, or standard XL for your camping style? Need advice on caring for ultralight fabrics? \u003ca title=\"Contact Wylies Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003eContact us\u003c\/a\u003e for guidance based on years of hands-on experience with DD Hammocks equipment.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDD Superlight Tarp XL Frequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eHow much heavier is the Superlight XL compared to the standard Superlight?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Superlight XL weighs 690g compared to 510g for the \u003ca title=\"DD Superlight Tarp 510g ultralight, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-superlight-tarp\"\u003estandard Superlight\u003c\/a\u003e, a 180g weight increase. This provides 13.05 square metres of coverage compared to 8.7 square metres, significantly more sheltered space for the extra weight.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eHow much lighter is the Superlight XL compared to the standard Tarp XL?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Superlight XL weighs 690g compared to 1020g for the \u003ca title=\"DD Tarp XL 4.5m x 3m rectangular, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-tarp-xl\"\u003estandard Tarp XL\u003c\/a\u003e, a 330g weight saving. Both provide similar coverage (13.05 vs 13.5 square metres). The Superlight XL uses lighter 20D fabric that packs smaller and is less prone to folding damage over time.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWhat are the advantages of 20D ripstop nylon over polyester?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 20D ripstop nylon is lighter, packs down smaller, and is less prone to folding damage over time compared to 190T polyester. The fabric requires more care to avoid punctures from sharp objects, but provides the same waterproof protection at significantly lower weight.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eCan two people camp under the Superlight XL?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the 13.05 square metres provides adequate coverage for two people in ground dwelling setups or two hammocks. The 690g weight splits to 345g per person when shared, making it practical for two person ultralight backpacking.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWhy is the Superlight XL rectangular instead of square?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe rectangular 4.5m x 2.9m shape works well for A-frame and lean-to setups where the longer dimension provides coverage along one direction. This shape is less flexible than square tarps but optimized for specific configurations, similar to the \u003ca title=\"DD Tarp XL 4.5m x 3m rectangular, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-tarp-xl\"\u003estandard Tarp XL\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDoes the Superlight XL come with pegs and guy lines?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the Superlight XL includes 4 Superlight pegs and guy lines, plus a stuff sack. You must purchase ridgelines separately. This differs from the \u003ca title=\"DD Superlight Tarp 510g ultralight, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-superlight-tarp\"\u003estandard Superlight Tarp\u003c\/a\u003e which does not include pegs.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWhich should I choose, Superlight or Superlight XL?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eChoose the \u003ca title=\"DD Superlight Tarp 510g ultralight, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-superlight-tarp\"\u003estandard Superlight\u003c\/a\u003e (510g, 8.7 square metres) for solo camping where you prioritize minimum weight. Choose the Superlight XL (690g, 13.05 square metres) when you need extra coverage for gear, are taller than 6 feet, or do two person ultralight trips where you split the weight.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWhy is the Superlight XL only available in Olive Green?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eDD Hammocks produces the Superlight XL in smaller quantities than other tarps, so they offer only one colour option. Olive Green provides natural colour that blends into UK woodland environments.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"DD Hammocks","offers":[{"title":"Olive Green","offer_id":54967610311042,"sku":"DDSUPERLIGHTTARPxl","price":97.85,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0028\/5812\/3364\/files\/DDSuperlightTarpXLinuse.webp?v=1739641383"},{"product_id":"dd-tarp-pole-1-8m","title":"DD Tarp Pole - 1.8m","description":"\u003cp\u003eIncrease your options and perfect your tarp set-up with the lightweight and portable DD Tarp Pole, extendable to 1.8m. Adjustable to any height from\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e0.6m \u003c\/span\u003eup to 1.8m. Using 2, 3 or 4 of the sections makes this pole suitable for use with many tarp and tent set-ups.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eThe Tarp Pole has 4 sections which firmly slot together, allowing a variety of heights and tension for your DD Tarp or SuperLight Tent. Weighing well under half a kilogram, this aluminium pole ensures a sturdy set-up without weighing you down on the way to the campsite.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e \u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNote: \u003c\/strong\u003eThe DD Tarp Pole - 1.8m is designed for use with the tarp tent range and for solo shelters. For tarps larger than our 3m x 3m model we recommend using the XL Tarp pole.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSize: Up to 1.8m\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eColour: Silver \/ Bare Aluminium\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight: 390g\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFeatures:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFour detachable sections\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePointed at one end for slotting through eyelets and attachment loops, or pitching directly into the ground.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlastic ferrule to avoid damaging tarp material or groundsheets.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe secure modular set-up allows different lengths up to 1.8m\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"DD Hammocks","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":24297635348580,"sku":"DDTARPP1.8","price":24.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0028\/5812\/3364\/products\/DD_Tarp_Pole_6_ca214b03-aa36-48dd-8651-a60dc44836c4.jpg?v=1602666385"},{"product_id":"highlander-hawk-bivi-bag","title":"Highlander Hawk Bivi Bag","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe Highlander Hawk Bivi bag is ideal for use as a shelter if you’re travelling light or solo without the hassle of carrying and pitching a tent. Designed with a high-quality specification and material, this bivi will keep you dry and comfortable. \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eFeatures wire supported ventilation mesh screen for increased ventilation and protection from midges and mosquitoes etc. Packs into its own integral zipped stuff sack.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe bag itself is made from AB-Tex Trimax Polyester Pongee Ripstop laminate and features a PU coating as well as taped seams and two-way water-resistant zips, which keep the bag watertight and allow easy entry. In addition, this durable fabric is breathable to reduce perspiration build-up and has a very high hydrostatic head of 5000mm².\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHydrostatic Head 5000mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight: 950g\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePacked Dimension: 37cm x 12cm x 12cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUnpacked Dimension: 250cm x 90cm x 50cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFeatures:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLightweight and compact\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWaterproof and breathable\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDurable ripstop fabric\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2-way water-resistant zip\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTaped seams\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWire supported face frame: Mesh screen, Waterproof material screen\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Highlander","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":24974152958052,"sku":"BIV001-OG","price":73.85,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0028\/5812\/3364\/products\/highlander-highlander-hawk-bivi-bag-bivi-bags-wylies-outdoor-world-26134395.jpg?v=1599772320"},{"product_id":"dd-superlight-tipi-tent","title":"DD Superlight Tipi Tent","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe DD Superlight Tipi is a practical, lightweight, and high performing tent that fits easily into most rucksacks. It is DD's\u003cspan\u003e first group tent which is suitable for up to 3 adults plus gear. \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis lightweight family-sized tent offers comfort and style in equal measures. It packs down to an incredibly small size, weighing in at under 2kg (excluding pole). Perfect for hikers, festivals, and campers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWaterproof and Ventilated:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv dir=\"ltr\"\u003eConsisting of a single-layered body, and separate floor, the DD SuperLight Tipi needs only a central adjustable pole (included) to raise the centre, and 19 pegs (27 included) to attach the tent floor\/peg out the sides - allowing it to be quickly and easily set up even by one person.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv dir=\"ltr\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIncludes a one-piece adjustable support pole (max. height of the pole is 220cm). \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications: \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSize: \u003cspan\u003eL: 320cm, W: 290cm, H: 200cm\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eColour: Olive Green\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight: 1.7 kg (excluding pegs, guy lines and pole)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIncludes: \u003cspan\u003eTent, waterproof groundsheet, guylines (attached), support pole, SuperLight pegs x 27, a compression sack with handle.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFeatures:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for 3 adults or family of 4 (plus plenty of space for rucksacks)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMade from single-layered SuperLight ripstop nylon, with 3,000mm fully waterproof PU coating throughout\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTaped Seams\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIncludes a one-piece aluminium support pole - max. size is 220cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRemovable waterproof groundsheet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eZippered entrance which can be rolled up and fastened out of the way\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSmall air vents (3) to increase airflow and prevent condensation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdjustable top vent cover for good air circulation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended Accessories:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #00aaff;\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-nato-green-mini-line-loks-pack-of-12?_pos=1\u0026amp;_sid=8b0aae2c7\u0026amp;_ss=r\" title=\"DD Nato Green Mini Line Loks\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\" style=\"color: #00aaff;\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eNato Green Mini Line-Loks\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #00aaff;\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-hiking-pole?_pos=1\u0026amp;_sid=f4012cb76\u0026amp;_ss=r\" title=\"DD Hiking Pole\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\" style=\"color: #00aaff;\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eDD Hiking Pole\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #00aaff;\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-superlight-pyramid-mesh-tent?_pos=1\u0026amp;_sid=aa757ca62\u0026amp;_ss=r\" title=\"DD Superlight Pyramid Mesh Tent\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\" style=\"color: #00aaff;\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eDD SuperLight Pyramid Mesh Tent\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #00aaff;\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/collections\/tent-accessories-1\/\" title=\"Tent Accessories\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\" style=\"color: #00aaff;\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eMore Tent Accessories\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"DD Hammocks","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":26178051768420,"sku":"DDTIPI","price":174.38,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0028\/5812\/3364\/files\/DDHammocksTipiTentfromWyliesOutdoorWorldinuse3.webp?v=1741551242"},{"product_id":"dd-nest-hammock","title":"DD Nest Hammock - Stealth Camping","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eDD Nest Hammock\u003cbr\u003eThe new \u003cstrong\u003eDD Nest Hammock\u003c\/strong\u003e is covered head-to-toe in DD Multicam pattern, designed to make sure you blend in perfectly to woodland environments. This hammock ensures the most covert campsite possible. \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFully featured for covert camping:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cspan style=\"color: #00aaff;\"\u003e\u003ca rel=\"noopener noreferrer\" style=\"color: #00aaff;\" title=\"All DD Hammocks Outdoor Camping Gear at Wylies Outdoor World\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/collections\/dd-hammocks\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eDD Hammocks\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e Nest Hammock swaps the integrated mosquito net for a full DD Multicam top cover which offers a spacious shelter from wind and insects, as well as any prying eyes. A fine-mesh window at the head end of the hammock gives a good outward view without compromising the camo capabilities. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eIt comes with 10m of suspension webbing pre-fitted, whilst 4 internal pouch pockets allow for easy storage of essentials and valuables.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSize: 2.7m x 1.4m\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eColour: Multicam\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight: 1.2kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIncludes: Hammock, Webbing (10m), 4 x 1m Elastic Cord, 2 x Spreader Poles, Stuff Sack\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight Limit: 125kg \/ 19.6 Stone\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFeatures:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFully cloaked in DD's own Multicam Camouflage pattern - a versatile and complex pattern that blends in seamlessly to a multitude of natural surroundings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInsect-proof mesh window at the head end\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBreathable, double-layered design with velcro tab closure, insert a partially-\u003cspan style=\"color: #00aaff;\"\u003e\u003ca style=\"color: #00aaff;\" title=\"Inflated Mat\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/search?type=product\u0026amp;collection=all\u0026amp;q=inflated+mat\"\u003einflated mat\u003c\/a\u003e \u003c\/span\u003ebetween the layers in cooler weather to give extra insulation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 x foldable lightweight 60cm-wide spreader poles and 4 x 1m lengths of elastic cord included to suspend the cover\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 x double-sided zippers for easy open and close\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 x internal hanging loops for torches, glasses...\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 internal pockets to store small valuables - these can be used in any hammock set-up configuration.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 tabs, 1 on each corner of the base to peg out, to suspend equipment from or to fit a \u003cspan style=\"color: #00aaff;\"\u003e\u003ca style=\"color: #00aaff;\" title=\"DD Underblanket\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-underblanket\"\u003eDD Underblanket\u003c\/a\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePre-fitted with 10m strong suspension webbing (5m each end)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStuff Sack\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended Accessories:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #00aaff;\"\u003e\u003ca style=\"color: #00aaff;\" title=\"Tarp 3x3\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-hammocks-tarp-3x3\"\u003eDD Tarp 3x3 - MC\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #00aaff;\"\u003e\u003ca style=\"color: #00aaff;\" title=\"Hammock Sleeve\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-hammock-sleeves\"\u003eDD Hammock Sleeve\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #00aaff;\"\u003e\u003ca style=\"color: #00aaff;\" title=\"DD Superlight Amsteel Rope\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/amsteel-2-5mm-rope-superlight?_pos=1\u0026amp;_sid=cf6a3816b\u0026amp;_ss=r\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eSuperlight Amsteel Rope\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #00aaff;\"\u003e\u003ca style=\"color: #00aaff;\" title=\"DD Mini Karabiners\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-dd-mini-karabiners-x-10?_pos=1\u0026amp;_sid=570ee3649\u0026amp;_ss=r\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eDD Mini Karabiners\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #00aaff;\"\u003e\u003ca style=\"color: #00aaff;\" title=\"DD Hammock Suspension System\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-hammock-suspension-systems?_pos=1\u0026amp;_sid=652033762\u0026amp;_ss=r\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eDD Hammock Suspension System\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #00aaff;\"\u003e\u003ca style=\"color: #00aaff;\" title=\"Hammock Suspension \u0026amp; Accessories\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/collections\/hammock-suspension-accessories\/\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eMore Hammock Suspension \u0026amp; Accessories\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"DD Hammocks","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":26355356172388,"sku":"DDNEST","price":67.5,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0028\/5812\/3364\/files\/DDHammocksNesthammockinuse3.webp?v=1739906673"},{"product_id":"dd-a-frame-tent","title":"DD A-Frame Tent","description":"\u003cdiv dir=\"ltr\"\u003eThe DD A-Frame Tent is designed to be used on top of the DD Hammocks Superlight  \u003cspan style=\"color: #3d85c6;\"\u003e\u003ca style=\"color: #3d85c6;\" title=\"A Frame Mesh Tent\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-superlight-a-frame-mesh-tent\"\u003eA-Frame Mesh Tent\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e (sold separately) to create a 2-layer set-up with 3 separate entrances.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv dir=\"ltr\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv dir=\"ltr\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe A-Frame is spacious enough for 2 people plus rucksacks, and taking advantage of DD's very effective DD Multicam pattern, this tent will blend into all kinds of natural woodland environments keeping your campsite away from prying eyes.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv dir=\"ltr\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv dir=\"ltr\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eVentilated and waterproof:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv dir=\"ltr\"\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv dir=\"ltr\"\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"ltr\"\u003eThe A-\u003cspan\u003eFrame Tent has 3 doors, the largest of which on the long side can be raised to form an entrance canopy with the aid of poles or sticks, this creates an ideal viewpoint for relaxing evenings when it's not quite dry.\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"ltr\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eRemaining lightweight, this tent has a full 3,000mm rated waterproof PU coating (complete with fully taped seams) and will keep the storms at bay throughout your future adventures.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv dir=\"ltr\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eS\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cstrong\u003epecifications:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv dir=\"ltr\"\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSize: L: 345cm, W: 150cm, H:115cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eColour: Multicam\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight: 930g (excluding pegs and guy lines\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIncludes: Tent, 13 x Superlight Pegs, 4 x guylines, Stuff Sack\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFeatures:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for 2 people (plus rucksacks)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTaped Seams\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExtra loops on the edges, to guy out for extra stability in windy conditions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3 zippered entrances: one on each end and one on the side\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEyelets at both ends to affix structural hiking poles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIncludes 13 Superlight pegs and 4 guylines to secure the tent to the ground\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended Accessories:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #3d85c6;\"\u003e\u003ca style=\"color: #3d85c6;\" title=\"Hiking Pole\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-hiking-pole\"\u003eDD Hiking Pole\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #3d85c6;\"\u003e\u003ca style=\"color: #3d85c6;\" title=\"A Frame Mesh Tent\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-superlight-a-frame-mesh-tent\"\u003eDD SuperLight - A-Frame - Mesh Tent\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #3d85c6;\"\u003e\u003ca style=\"color: #3d85c6;\" title=\"Nato Line Loks\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-nato-green-mini-line-loks-pack-of-12\"\u003eNato Green Mini Line-Loks\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #3d85c6;\"\u003e\u003ca style=\"color: #3d85c6;\" title=\"Tent Accessories\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/collections\/tent-accessories-1\/\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eMore Tent Accessories\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eGeneral Care:\u003c\/b\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTo preserve the strength of the material, avoid folding along the same lines too frequently (change after 10 times)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStore in a cool, dry, dark place\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAlways ensure your gear (including any cordage) is completely dry before storing away\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvoid prolonged exposure to extreme temperatures (above 40C and below -15C), and keep your gear at least a 2m distance from flames\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not machine wash. Clean carefully \u003cstrong\u003eby hand only\u003c\/strong\u003e, using lukewarm water\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProlonged exposure to strong UV light can cause the material to weaken\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWe \u003cstrong\u003edo not\u003c\/strong\u003e recommend fires of any kind within our tents.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChildren should be supervised when using this product\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnsure the area around the product is kept free of hazards\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"DD Hammocks","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":26372881612900,"sku":"DDTENTAFRAME","price":86.25,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0028\/5812\/3364\/files\/DDHammocksA-Framtentopencanopyviewmuticam.webp?v=1740588088"},{"product_id":"dd-superlight-tipi-mesh-inner","title":"DD Superlight - Tipi - Mesh Inner","description":"\u003cdiv dir=\"ltr\"\u003eThe DD SuperLight - Tipi - Mesh Inner weighs in at an incredible 950g\u003cb\u003e (\u003c\/b\u003eexcluding pegs) with a seriously small pack size for a product of this type. This is a perfect tent for any sort of adventure: from campsite weekends with the kids to lightweight backpacking. \u003cspan\u003eDesigned for use with the DD Superlight Tipi \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003ebut great by itself on dry nights or under a tarp, it's quick and easy to set up\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv dir=\"ltr\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv dir=\"ltr\"\u003eThe fully waterproof floor, secured with 8 SuperLight Pegs, keeps you isolated from damp ground, whilst a frontal porch area is created when used in conjunction with the fully waterproof DD SuperLight - Tipi, ideal for storing wet boots and equipment.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv dir=\"ltr\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv dir=\"ltr\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv dir=\"ltr\"\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSize: L: 320cm, W: 250cm, H: 200cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eColour: Olive Green\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight: 950g (excluding pegs)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIncludes: Mesh inner tent, Superlight Pegs x 9, Stuff Sack\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFeatures:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for 3 adults or a young family of 4.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuper lightweight of \u003cstrong\u003e950g\u003c\/strong\u003e excluding pegs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSmallest possible pack size for a tent of this size.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEasily set up in conjunction with the DD SuperLight - Tipi\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWalls made from ultra-fine bug mesh with a fully waterproof 3,000mm PU-coated single-layer floor.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReinforced metal eyelets at the top of the tent, and in the centre of tent floor to slot your Tarp pole (purchased separately)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuperLight Pegs included for securing the floor.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended Accessories:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDD SuperLight - Tipi\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDD Tarp Pole - 2.2m\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGeneral Care:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTo preserve the strength of the material, avoid folding along the same lines too frequently (change after 10 times)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStore in a cool, dry, dark place\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAlways ensure your gear (including any cordage) is completely dry before storing away\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvoid prolonged exposure to extreme temperatures (above 40C and below -15C), and keep your gear at least a 2m distance from flames\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not machine wash. Clean carefully \u003cstrong\u003eby hand only\u003c\/strong\u003e, using lukewarm water\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProlonged exposure to strong UV light can cause the material to weaken\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChildren should be supervised when using this product\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNot suitable for children under 3\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnsure the area around the product is kept free of hazards\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv dir=\"ltr\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"DD Hammocks","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":29366666461295,"sku":"DDTIPIMESH","price":83.08,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0028\/5812\/3364\/products\/dd-hammocks-dd-superlight---tipi---mesh-inner-tipi-wylies-outdoor-world-25373299.jpg?v=1599768555"},{"product_id":"dd-superlight-xl-pyramid-mesh-tent","title":"DD Superlight XL Pyramid Mesh Tent","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe DD Superlight XL Pyramid Mesh Tent is ideal for solo travellers with a lot of equipment too, and at less than 700g (excluding pegs \u0026amp; guy-lines) the extra space barely comes at any weight cost at all.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Superlight XL Pyramid Mesh Tent can be used with a tarp for rain protection or simply by itself when you want to enjoy the summer sun without being pestered by insects. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eWith slim pegging tabs and a central top loop, the tent can be rigged in 2 ways - either suspended from a branch\/overhead point using guy rope; or propped up from underneath using just 1 hiking pole (not included).\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e This tent is not suitable for use with the existing DD SuperLight - Pyramid Tent.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"margin-bottom: 16px; float: none;\" alt=\"DD Hammocks Superlight XL Pyramid Mesh Tent size details side view\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0028\/5812\/3364\/files\/SL_Pyramid_Mesh_tent_2Man_floor_plan-01_1024x1024.jpg?v=1740591228\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cimg alt=\"DD Hammocks superlight XL Pyramid Mesh Tent from Wylie's Outdoor World size details\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0028\/5812\/3364\/files\/SL_Pyramid_Mesh_tent_2Man_floor_plan-02.jpg?v=1740591303\" style=\"margin-bottom: 16px; float: none;\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSize: L: 240cm, W: 180cm, H: 110cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eColour: Olive Green\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight: 688g (excluding pegs ad guys)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIncludes: Superlight XL Pyramid Mesh Tent, 8 x Superlight Tent Pegs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFeatures:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for 2 people (plus rucksacks)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompatible with the DD Superlight - XL - Pyramid Tent (Coming early summer 2019)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMade from ultra-fine bug mesh and single-layered SuperLight ripstop nylon, with 3,000mm fully waterproof PU-coated floor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCentral reinforcement at the top to accommodate a hiking pole\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 internal storage pockets\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTaped Seams\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCentral top loop to tie off to an overhead point or tree\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eZippered arc entrance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMetal eyelet in the centre of tent floor to slot your hiking pole\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePegs to secure the floor to the ground\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended Accessories:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #00aaff;\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-nato-green-mini-line-loks-pack-of-12\" title=\"Nato line loks\" style=\"color: #00aaff;\"\u003eNato Green Mini Line-Loks\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #00aaff;\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-hiking-pole\" title=\"Hiking Pole\" style=\"color: #00aaff;\"\u003eDD Hiking Pole\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #00aaff;\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-superlight-pyramid-mesh-tent\" title=\"Superlight Pyramid Mesh Tent\" style=\"color: #00aaff;\"\u003eDD SuperLight Pyramid Mesh Tent\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #00aaff;\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/collections\/tent-accessories-1\/\" title=\"Tent Accessories\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\" style=\"color: #00aaff;\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eTent Accessories\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"DD Hammocks","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":29367131209839,"sku":"DDPYRAMIDXL","price":80.62,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0028\/5812\/3364\/files\/DDHammocksXLPyramidMeshTentfromWylie_sOutdoorWorldinuse5.webp?v=1740591428"},{"product_id":"kombat-uk-trooper-tent","title":"Kombat UK Trooper Tent","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe Trooper Tent is a practical two-person youth tent with a single skin which is ideal for expeditions and comfortable camping. It is incredibly lightweight and most importantly packs down to a size that won't slow you down.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFeatures:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSingle-layer tent\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePractical two-man tent\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eIn BTP camouflage pattern\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eStrong high-quality steel poles\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMosquito net front door\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eIncludes portable carry bag\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e Made of 190T polyester\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eHydrostatic head: 1500mm\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eDimensions: 145 x 205 x 100cm\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Kombat UK","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":31384325226607,"sku":"KUTROOP","price":33.14,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0028\/5812\/3364\/products\/kombat-uk-kombat-uk-trooper-tent-tents-wylies-outdoor-world-25842666.jpg?v=1599775292"},{"product_id":"kombat-uk-ranger-tent","title":"Kombat UK Ranger Tent","description":"\u003ch2\u003eKombat UK Ranger 2 Person Dome Tent\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Kombat UK Ranger Tent is a practical two-person dome tent with single skin construction, designed for expeditions and comfortable camping. This lightweight tent packs down to a compact size, making it ideal for motorcycle touring, cycle camping, and hiking expeditions across the UK.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eBuilt from durable 190T polyester with a 1500mm hydrostatic head rating, this tent provides reliable weather protection for UK outdoor conditions. The single-layer construction reduces weight while maintaining structural integrity through high-quality fibreglass poles.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eKey Specifications\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTent dimensions: 200cm x 140cm x 100cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSleeping capacity: 2 adults\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePack weight: 3kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWaterproof rating: 1500mm hydrostatic head\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: 190T polyester fabric\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePole system: High-quality fibreglass poles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvailable colours: BTP and Olive Green\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eEquipment Features and Construction\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Ranger Tent includes practical features for UK camping conditions. The mosquito net front door provides ventilation while keeping insects out during summer camping trips. The dome design ensures quick setup in changing weather conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSingle-skin dome construction for quick setup\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFibreglass pole system for reliable support\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMosquito net door panel for ventilation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompact carry bag included\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTwo colour options: BTP and Olive Green\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLightweight design at 3kg total weight\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eComplete Tent Camping Equipment and Setup\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eFind everything you need for tent camping at our comprehensive \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/pages\/tent-camping\" title=\"Tent Camping Guide - Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\"\u003etent camping page\u003c\/a\u003e, featuring curated equipment selections, setup guides, and expert recommendations for UK camping conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eEssential Tent Camping Equipment\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSleeping bags rated for UK temperatures\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCamping torches and flashlights for tent lighting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSleeping mats for ground insulation and comfort\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTent footprint for ground protection\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGuy rope and additional tent pegs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eAlternative Tent Sizes and Options\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis tent is part of our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/collections\/2-man-tents\" title=\"2 Man Tents - Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\"\u003e2 man tents collection\u003c\/a\u003e. Browse other tent sizes to find the right fit for your group size and camping needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eTent Size Options\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/collections\/1-man-tents\" title=\"1 Man Tents - Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\"\u003e1 Man Tents\u003c\/a\u003e for solo camping and lightweight expeditions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/collections\/2-man-tents\" title=\"2 Man Tents - Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\"\u003e2 Man Tents\u003c\/a\u003e for couples and small group camping\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/collections\/3-man-tents\" title=\"3 Man Tents - Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\"\u003e3 Man Tents\u003c\/a\u003e for small family camping\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/collections\/4-man-tents\" title=\"4 Man Tents - Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\"\u003e4 Man Tents\u003c\/a\u003e for family and group camping\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/collections\/rooftop-tents\" title=\"Rooftop Tents - Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\"\u003eRooftop Tents\u003c\/a\u003e for vehicle-based camping\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/collections\/tent-spares-accessories\" title=\"Tent Spares and Accessories - Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\"\u003eSpares and Accessories\u003c\/a\u003e for tent maintenance and upgrades\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSuitable Activities and Applications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis tent suits various outdoor activities across the UK. From Lake District camping to Scottish Highland expeditions, the Ranger Tent handles diverse British weather conditions while maintaining portability for active pursuits.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eRecommended Uses\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMotorcycle touring across Scotland and Wales\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCycle camping in countryside locations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHiking expeditions and multi-day treks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFestival camping and outdoor events\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEmergency shelter for outdoor workers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFishing trips to remote UK locations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCadet training and outdoor education\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eColour Options and Practical Considerations\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eAvailable in BTP (British Terrain Pattern) and Olive Green, both colours blend naturally with UK landscapes. The BTP pattern provides effective camouflage in mixed terrain, while Olive Green offers classic outdoor aesthetics suitable for all camping environments.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWhat is the waterproof rating of this tent?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Kombat Ranger Tent features a 1500mm hydrostatic head rating, providing reliable protection against UK weather conditions including moderate to heavy rain.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eHow long does setup take?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe dome design with fibreglass poles allows for quick setup, typically taking 10-15 minutes for two people, making it suitable for rapid deployment in changing weather.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eIs this tent suitable for winter camping?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis is a three-season tent designed for spring, summer, and autumn use. For winter conditions, consider a four-season tent with enhanced snow load capacity.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWhat is included with the tent?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe tent includes fibreglass poles, guy ropes, tent pegs, and a compact carry bag for transport and storage.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eHow does this compare to other 2-person tents?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Ranger Tent offers excellent value with its lightweight design, waterproof construction, and practical features at a competitive price point for UK campers.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003ePersonal Service and Equipment Advice\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/pages\/gear\" title=\"Outdoor Gear - Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\"\u003eWylies Outdoor World's\u003c\/a\u003e owner \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/blogs\/meet-our-team\/meet-drew-wylie\" title=\"Meet Drew Wylie - Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\"\u003eDrew\u003c\/a\u003e has extensive experience with tent camping across Scotland and can provide guidance on selecting the right camping equipment for your adventures. \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/pages\/contact-us\" title=\"Contact Us - Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\"\u003eContact us\u003c\/a\u003e for personalised advice on tent selection and camping equipment recommendations.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKombat UK Brand Equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eBrowse the complete range of \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/collections\/kombat-uk\" title=\"Kombat UK Equipment - Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\"\u003eKombat UK equipment\u003c\/a\u003e including backpacks, clothing, and camping accessories designed for outdoor enthusiasts, military personnel, cadets, and emergency services across the UK.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Kombat UK","offers":[{"title":"BTP","offer_id":31384331944047,"sku":"KURANG-1","price":37.41,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Olive Green","offer_id":31384331976815,"sku":"KURANG-2","price":33.14,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0028\/5812\/3364\/products\/kombat-uk-kombat-uk-ranger-tent-tents-wylies-outdoor-world-25842653.jpg?v=1599775190"},{"product_id":"kombat-uk-elite-tent","title":"Kombat UK Elite 2 Person Double Layer Dome Tent","description":"\u003ch2\u003eKombat UK Elite 2 Person Double Layer Dome Tent\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Kombat UK Elite Tent is a practical two-person dome tent with double layer construction, designed for expeditions and comfortable camping. This lightweight tent packs down to a compact size, making it ideal for motorcycle touring, cycle camping, and hiking expeditions across the UK.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBuilt with double layer construction featuring a 190T polyester flysheet and 170T polyester inner tent with a 1500mm hydrostatic head rating, this tent provides reliable weather protection for UK outdoor conditions. The twin skin design offers enhanced condensation management and thermal performance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eKey Specifications\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTent dimensions: 140cm x (100+200)cm x 100cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSleeping capacity: 2 adults\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFlysheet material: 190T polyester\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInner tent material: 170T polyester\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWaterproof rating: 1500mm hydrostatic head\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePole system: High-quality fibreglass poles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvailable colours: BTP and Olive Green\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eEquipment Features and Construction\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Elite Tent includes practical features for UK camping conditions. The mosquito net front door provides ventilation while keeping insects out during summer camping trips. The double layer design ensures better weather protection and reduced condensation compared to single skin tents.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDouble layer dome construction for enhanced weather protection\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFibreglass pole system for reliable support\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMosquito net door panel for ventilation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompact carry bag included\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTwo colour options: BTP and Olive Green\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTwin skin design for condensation management\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eComplete Tent Camping Equipment and Setup\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFind everything you need for tent camping at our comprehensive \u003ca title=\"Tent Camping Guide - Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/pages\/tent-camping\"\u003etent camping page\u003c\/a\u003e, featuring curated equipment selections for UK camping conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eEssential Tent Camping Equipment\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca title=\"Sleeping Bags - Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/collections\/sleeping-bags\"\u003eSleeping bags\u003c\/a\u003e rated for UK temperatures\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca title=\"Camping Torches and Flashlights - Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/collections\/camping-torches-flashlights\"\u003eCamping torches and flashlights\u003c\/a\u003e for tent lighting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca title=\"Sleeping Mats - Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/collections\/sleeping-mats\"\u003eSleeping mats\u003c\/a\u003e for ground insulation and comfort\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca title=\"Tent Accessories - Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/collections\/tent-accessories-1\"\u003eTent accessories\u003c\/a\u003e for ground protection and upgrades\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAlternative Tent Sizes and Options\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis tent is part of our \u003ca title=\"2 Man Tents - Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/collections\/2-man-tents\"\u003e2 man tents collection\u003c\/a\u003e. Browse other tent sizes to find the right fit for your group size and camping needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eTent Size Options\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca title=\"1 Man Tents - Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/collections\/1-man-tents\"\u003e1 Man Tents\u003c\/a\u003e for solo camping and lightweight expeditions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca title=\"2 Man Tents - Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/collections\/2-man-tents\"\u003e2 Man Tents\u003c\/a\u003e for couples and small group camping\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca title=\"3 Man Tents - Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/collections\/3-man-tents\"\u003e3 Man Tents\u003c\/a\u003e for small family camping\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca title=\"4 man Tents - Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/collections\/4-man-tents\"\u003e4 man Tents\u003c\/a\u003e for family and group camping\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca title=\"Rooftop Tents - Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/collections\/rooftop-tents\"\u003eRooftop Tents\u003c\/a\u003e for vehicle-based camping\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca title=\"Tent Accessories - Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/collections\/tent-accessories-1\"\u003eTent Accessories\u003c\/a\u003e for tent maintenance and upgrades\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSuitable Activities and Applications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis tent suits various outdoor activities across the UK. From Lake District camping to Scottish Highland expeditions, the Elite Tent handles diverse British weather conditions while maintaining portability for active pursuits.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eRecommended Uses\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMotorcycle touring across Scotland and Wales\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCycle camping in countryside locations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHiking expeditions and multi-day treks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFestival camping and outdoor events\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEmergency shelter for outdoor workers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFishing trips to remote UK locations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCadet training and outdoor education\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eColour Options and Practical Considerations\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAvailable in BTP (British Terrain Pattern) and Olive Green, both colours blend naturally with UK landscapes. The BTP pattern provides effective camouflage in mixed terrain, while Olive Green offers classic outdoor aesthetics suitable for all camping environments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat is the waterproof rating of this tent?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Kombat Elite Tent features a 1500mm hydrostatic head rating, providing reliable protection against UK weather conditions including moderate to heavy rain.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eHow does the double layer construction benefit camping?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe twin skin design provides better condensation management, improved thermal performance, and enhanced weather protection compared to single layer tents.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eIs this tent suitable for winter camping?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis is a three-season tent designed for spring, summer, and autumn use. For winter conditions, consider a four-season tent with enhanced snow load capacity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat is included with the tent?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe tent includes fibreglass poles, guy ropes, tent pegs, and a compact carry bag for transport and storage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eHow does this compare to the Kombat UK Ranger Tent?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Elite Tent features double layer construction for better weather protection and condensation management, while the Ranger Tent uses single skin construction for lighter weight.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePersonal Service and Equipment Advice\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca title=\"Outdoor Gear - Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/pages\/gear\"\u003eWylies Outdoor World's\u003c\/a\u003e owner \u003ca title=\"Meet Drew Wylie - Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/blogs\/meet-our-team\/meet-drew-wylie\"\u003eDrew\u003c\/a\u003e has extensive experience with tent camping across Scotland and can provide guidance on selecting the right camping equipment for your adventures. \u003ca title=\"Contact Us - Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003eContact us\u003c\/a\u003e for personalised advice on tent selection and camping equipment recommendations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKombat UK Brand Equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse the complete range of \u003ca title=\"Kombat UK Equipment - Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/collections\/kombat-uk\"\u003eKombat UK equipment\u003c\/a\u003e including backpacks, clothing, and camping accessories designed for outdoor enthusiasts, military personnel, cadets, and emergency services across the UK.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Kombat UK","offers":[{"title":"BTP","offer_id":31384338759791,"sku":"KUELITE-BTP","price":56.16,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Olive Green","offer_id":31384338792559,"sku":"KUELITE-OG","price":46.78,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0028\/5812\/3364\/products\/kombat-uk-kombat-uk-elite-tent-tents-wylies-outdoor-world-25842640.jpg?v=1599774900"},{"product_id":"kombat-uk-automatic-tent","title":"Kombat UK Automatic Tent","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe Automatic Tent is a practical two-person tent with twin skin which features an automatic opening which is ideal for expeditions and comfortable camping. This is a highly efficient fast tent that packs down to a small and comfortable carrying size in a compact carry bag.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFeatures:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eDouble layer tent\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePractical two-person tent\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eIn BTP camouflage pattern\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSeam taped\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eStrong heavy-duty fibre glass poles\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003e2 x side windows with built-in mosquito nets\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMosquito net front door\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eIncludes portable carry bag\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMade of 230T ripstop polyester\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eHydrostatic head: 1500mm\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eDimensions: 200 x 140 x 100cm\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Kombat UK","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":31384349376623,"sku":"KUAUTO","price":65.53,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0028\/5812\/3364\/products\/kombat-uk-kombat-uk-automatic-tent-tents-wylies-outdoor-world-25842639.jpg?v=1599774748"},{"product_id":"dd-superlight-a-frame-tent","title":"DD Superlight A-Frame Tent","description":"\u003cdiv dir=\"ltr\"\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 1.5em; border-bottom: 1px solid #ccc; padding-bottom: 5px;\"\u003eDD SuperLight A-Frame Tent – Ultralight Shelter for 2\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eDD SuperLight A-Frame Tent\u003c\/strong\u003e is a compact and \u003cstrong\u003elightweight 2-person tent\u003c\/strong\u003e, perfect for minimalist backpackers and wild campers. Designed to be used with the \u003ca style=\"color: green;\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\" title=\"DD Superlight A-Frame Mesh Tent\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/collections\/tents\/products\/dd-superlight-a-frame-mesh-tent\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eDD SuperLight A-Frame Mesh Tent\u003c\/a\u003e (sold separately), this setup offers a \u003cstrong\u003eversatile 2-layer camping system\u003c\/strong\u003e with three entrances for easy access.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 1.2em; border-bottom: 1px solid #ccc; padding-bottom: 5px;\"\u003eLightweight \u0026amp; Compact Design\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWeighing just \u003cstrong\u003e730g (excluding pegs\/guylines)\u003c\/strong\u003e, this \u003cstrong\u003eultralight hiking tent\u003c\/strong\u003e fits neatly into a small bag. It’s designed to be supported using hiking poles, making it an ideal choice for wild camping, bikepacking, and multi-day treks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 1.2em; border-bottom: 1px solid #ccc; padding-bottom: 5px;\"\u003eWaterproof \u0026amp; Ventilated\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWith a \u003cstrong\u003e3,000mm PU coating\u003c\/strong\u003e, the DD SuperLight A-Frame Tent offers reliable \u003cstrong\u003ewaterproof protection\u003c\/strong\u003e against the elements. Three zippered entrances provide easy access, while air vents help \u003cstrong\u003ereduce condensation\u003c\/strong\u003e for a more comfortable night’s sleep.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 1.2em; border-bottom: 1px solid #ccc; padding-bottom: 5px;\"\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpacious enough for \u003cstrong\u003e2 people + rucksacks\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTaped seams\u003c\/strong\u003e for extra waterproofing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExtra guy-out loops for \u003cstrong\u003estability in windy conditions\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e3 zippered entrances\u003c\/strong\u003e: One on each end and one on the side\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEyelets at both ends for structural hiking pole setup\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIncludes \u003cstrong\u003e13 SuperLight pegs\u003c\/strong\u003e and \u003cstrong\u003e4 guylines\u003c\/strong\u003e for a secure pitch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cimg alt=\"DD Hammocks Superlight A-Frame Tent size illustration\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0028\/5812\/3364\/files\/DDHammocksSuperlightA-frametentfromWylie_sOutdoorWorldsizedetails_7b9820a3-c0cc-4778-a910-6099e660fc95_1024x1024.webp?v=1740501686\" style=\"float: none;\"\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 1.2em; border-bottom: 1px solid #ccc; padding-bottom: 5px;\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSize:\u003c\/strong\u003e L: 345cm, W: 150cm, H: 115cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour:\u003c\/strong\u003e Olive green\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 730g (excluding pegs and guylines)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIncludes:\u003c\/strong\u003e Tent, 13 x SuperLight pegs, 4 x guylines (2m), Stuff sack\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 1.2em; border-bottom: 1px solid #ccc; padding-bottom: 5px;\"\u003eRecommended Accessories\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca style=\"color: green;\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\" title=\"DD Hiking Pole\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-hiking-pole?_pos=1\u0026amp;_sid=cbf78e6ab\u0026amp;_ss=r\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eDD Hiking Pole\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca style=\"color: green;\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\" title=\"DD Superlight A-Frame Mesh Tent\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-superlight-a-frame-mesh-tent?_pos=1\u0026amp;_sid=77a5cbbfe\u0026amp;_ss=r\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eDD SuperLight A-Frame Mesh Tent\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca style=\"color: green;\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\" title=\"DD Nato Line Loks\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-nato-green-mini-line-loks-pack-of-12?_pos=1\u0026amp;_sid=735060f16\u0026amp;_ss=r\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eNato Green Mini Line-Loks\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca style=\"color: green;\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\" title=\"DD Superlight Tarp\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-dd-super-light-tarps?_pos=1\u0026amp;_sid=6a6229d20\u0026amp;_ss=r\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eSuperlight Tarp\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca style=\"color: green;\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\" title=\"Tent Accessories\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/collections\/tent-accessories-1\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eMore Tent Accessories\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 1.2em; border-bottom: 1px solid #ccc; padding-bottom: 5px;\"\u003eWhy Buy From Wylies Outdoor World?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWylies Outdoor World is the \u003cstrong\u003eonly independent UK outdoor retailer\u003c\/strong\u003e owned by a \u003cstrong\u003eprofessional outdoor product tester\u003c\/strong\u003e. With over a decade of hands-on testing experience, every DD Hammocks product we stock has been used and assessed in real-world conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 1.2em; border-bottom: 1px solid #ccc; padding-bottom: 5px;\"\u003eFAQs\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes this tent come with poles?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo, this tent is designed to be supported with hiking poles. We recommend the \u003ca style=\"color: green;\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\" title=\"DD Hiking Pole\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-hiking-pole?_pos=1\u0026amp;_sid=cbf78e6ab\u0026amp;_ss=r\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eDD Hiking Pole\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the DD SuperLight A-Frame Tent fully waterproof?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, it has a \u003cstrong\u003e3,000mm PU coating\u003c\/strong\u003e and taped seams for protection against rain and wind.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"DD Hammocks","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":31437152321647,"sku":"DDSUPAFRAMETENT","price":120.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0028\/5812\/3364\/files\/DDHammocksSuperlightA-frametentfromWylie_sOutdoorWorldinuse3_73b947f0-af1f-4265-8deb-2b6f8cf608d3.webp?v=1740501686"},{"product_id":"snugpak-jungle-hammock","title":"Snugpak Jungle Hammock","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"collapsible-content description-tab\" id=\"description-tab\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Jungle Hammock by Snugpak is excellent when you need protection from biting insects, but don’t want to carry a tent or separate net around. The Jungle hammock has all the benefits of Snugpak's Tropical Hammock, but with a mosquito net built right in. Robust, reliable, and straightforward, this hammock is the perfect solution to an undisturbed night’s sleep when you’re out in the woods or the jungle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFeatures:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuspension Attachment System: Made out of “550” paracord with spaced out knots to allow for various attachment points and distances from the tree. No more fumbling and tying knots, simply wrap the Suspension Attachment System around the desired tree then run the knotted end through the loop end and attach the carabiner on the hammock to the knotted section to achieve the desired length and height when setting up.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupplied with two attachment system guy ropes, 3 meters \/ 10ft\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupplied with four elasticated guy ropes,\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e4 meters\/ 13ft \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTwo tree protectors included\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupplied with two steel carabiners, for attaching to the suspension attachment system easily. \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSelf-contained stuff sack\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight: 900g \/ 32oz (Includes hammock, carabiners, suspension system, and tree protectors)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePacked Dimensions: 23cm x 17cm \/ 9\" x 7\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eUnpacked Dimensions: 275cm x 135cm \/ 108\" x 53\"\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHammock Material: Manufactured from a 100% nylon material to make this hammock lightweight and strong.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBuilt-in mosquito net\u003cb\u003e: \u003c\/b\u003e20D Polyester with 1000 mesh per square inch, to prevent insects from disturbing your sleep\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMax user weight:\u003cspan\u003e 180kg \/ 28.7st\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Snugpak","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":31487335465071,"sku":"SNUGJUNGLE","price":69.14,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0028\/5812\/3364\/files\/Jungle_Hammock_Olive_Detail_1_1300x1300_d8858fc5-7eb8-44e1-b2ef-3df6ebd95d3b.webp?v=1740074459"},{"product_id":"dd-tarp-pole-2-2m","title":"DD Tarp Pole - 2.2m","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe DD Tarp Pole 2.2m is a lightweight, yet seriously strong support pole, ideal for use with our range of tents \u0026amp; tarps.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eThe DD Tarp Pole 2.2m consists of 4 separate sections that connect robustly together, with the height adjustment coming from a simple-to-use screw system on the base section. There are no pre-set heights, you can choose the length of the pole down to a millimetre.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e \u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eA secure plastic foot prevents the DD Tarp Pole 2.2m from slipping on the ground and protects the material on your product, whilst the tip section of the pole has a blunt spike designed to slot securely into the eyelets on your tent or tarp. There is also a loop so you can tie off your guy-lines, doubly securing your set-up.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e \u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eWith a very tall maximum height of 2.2m, this pole is strong enough to support some of our largest products. However, if you need to stay lower to the ground, you can omit one of the central sections and set the height nice and low to the ground with the screw adjustment.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSize: Up to 2.2m\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eColour: Silver \/ bare aluminium\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight: 460g\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIncludes: 1 x Pole (4 sections)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFeatures:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x base section, 2 x central sections, and 1 x end section\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePointed at the end for slotting through eyelets and attachment loops, or pitching directly into the ground.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLoop next to the pointed end for attaching guy-lines or ridge-lines.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlastic footing on the base section to avoid damaging tent\/tarp material or groundsheets.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe secure modular set-up allows different lengths up to 2.2m\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGeneral Care:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnsure all pole sections are firmly secured together before use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvoid direct contact between the pointed end and tarp\/tent material\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eEnsure the area around the product is kept free of hazards\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp lang=\"zxx\"\u003eChildren should be supervised when using this product\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"DD Hammocks","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":31968102973551,"sku":"DDTARPPOLE2.2","price":31.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0028\/5812\/3364\/products\/dd-hammocks-dd-tarp-pole---22m-tarp-suspension-accessories-wylies-outdoor-world-27346419.jpg?v=1599768990"},{"product_id":"highlander-cypress-6-man-tent","title":"Highlander Cypress 6 Man Tent","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eA large family tent for comfortable camping, the Cypress has two separate vis-a-vis sleeping compartments for privacy in the outdoors.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eThe Cypress also features a central living area with a window and fold-out door that turns it into a spacious porch area.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"db mb20 h1\"\u003e\u003cb\u003eFEATURES\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"mb30\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan class=\"metafield-multi_line_text_field\"\u003e• Outer pitch first\u003cbr\u003e• Large living area window with curtain\u003cbr\u003e• Separate groundsheet for living area\u003cbr\u003e• Pre attached high visibility guylines\u003cbr\u003e• 2 separate bedrooms\u003cbr\u003e• Taped seams\u003cbr\u003e• Fire retardant\u003cbr\u003e• 3000mm Hydrostatic Head\u003cbr\u003e• Pitching time: 5 minutes\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSize:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e6 Man\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e595cm x 225cm x 195cm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e11kg\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterials:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eOuter fabric: 190T Breathable polyester with waterproof PU coatingI nner fabric: 190T Breathable polyester Groundsheet: Durable polyethylene\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cimg alt=\"highlander cypress 6 man tent\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0028\/5812\/3364\/files\/highlandercypress6mantent_600x600.webp?v=1704213805\"\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Highlander","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47721668411694,"sku":"TEN123-TL","price":195.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0028\/5812\/3364\/files\/CYPRESS4TENT_7503183a-4f2b-4a69-a171-2956ca394984.webp?v=1704214574"},{"product_id":"robens-chaser-1-man-tent","title":"Robens Chaser 3XE 1 Person Tent","description":"\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eRobens Chaser 1 is a 1-person tunnel tent.  This tent uses the versatile FlexPitch system with Inner Ring Suspension, allowing pitching flysheet and inner options to match the weather and provide full or part-sheltered bug-free sky views when nights are warm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eThe inner gear rope transfers to the flysheet to keep it in shape when used on its own to reduce weight.  Outer venting options include low vents, apex door vents, and a two-way zip.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e\u003ciframe title=\"YouTube video player\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/-5rXoC5HDnE?si=oq4swVe9cKb0V_8o\u0026amp;start=4\" height=\"315\" width=\"560\" allowfullscreen=\"\" referrerpolicy=\"strict-origin-when-cross-origin\" allow=\"accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture; web-share\" frameborder=\"0\"\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSeparate weights: Flysheet 470 g \/ Inner 420 g \/ Poles 220 g\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFull mesh inner for optimal ventilation and low-weight\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTwo-way zip curves at door top to enhance ventilation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFlysheet fabric repair patch included\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\n\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0028\/5812\/3364\/files\/chaser_1_diagram_600x600.jpg?v=1712140571\" style=\"margin-bottom: 16px; float: none;\"\u003e \u003cimg data-mce-fragment=\"1\" style=\"margin-bottom: 16px; float: none;\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0028\/5812\/3364\/files\/chaser_1_diagram_2.jpg?v=1712140661\" data-mce-src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0028\/5812\/3364\/files\/chaser_1_diagram_2.jpg?v=1712140661\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"margin-bottom: 16px; float: none;\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0028\/5812\/3364\/files\/chaser_1_diagram_3_600x600.jpg?v=1712140779\"\u003e \u003cimg data-mce-fragment=\"1\" style=\"margin-bottom: 16px; float: none;\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0028\/5812\/3364\/files\/chaser_1_diagram_4.jpg?v=1712140848\" data-mce-src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0028\/5812\/3364\/files\/chaser_1_diagram_4.jpg?v=1712140848\"\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"product-detail-wind-test-image\" style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/www.robens.de\/Admin\/Public\/GetImage.ashx?Image=\/Files\/Images\/Productimages\/893c9931-d412-4441-b332-f0611fb33011.jpg\u0026amp;Width=250\u0026amp;Height=100\u0026amp;Crop=5\u0026amp;Compression=80\" style=\"margin-bottom: 16px; float: none;\" data-mce-src=\"https:\/\/www.robens.de\/Admin\/Public\/GetImage.ashx?Image=\/Files\/Images\/Productimages\/893c9931-d412-4441-b332-f0611fb33011.jpg\u0026amp;Width=250\u0026amp;Height=100\u0026amp;Crop=5\u0026amp;Compression=80\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"product-detail-wind-test-text\"\u003eRobens Wind Test: The determination of the performance of a Robens tent in wind is based on the knowledge and technique available to Robens at the time of testing. During the test we registered the maximum (MAX) speed impact a tent was subjected and the average (AVG) wind speed at which structural instability occurred. This may appear as a broken\/deformed pole, or the collapse of the tent and subsequent return to shape when the wind drops. At no point was any form of catastrophic failure experienced up to the maximum wind speed.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"product-detail-wind-test-text\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"product-detail-wind-test-text\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"product-detail-wind-test-text\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"product-detail-wind-test-text\"\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"product-detail-wind-test-text\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"product-detail-wind-test-text\"\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMore 1 Man Tents\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTry 2  Man Tents\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAll Robens Tents\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAll Tents\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAll Robens Products\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCare \u0026amp; Weather Proofing Products\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"product-detail-wind-test-text\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"product-detail-wind-test-text\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Robens","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48338717802798,"sku":"130315","price":390.88,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0028\/5812\/3364\/files\/RobensChaser1ManTent_5.jpg?v=1712140924"},{"product_id":"highlander-crusader-waterproof-hammock","title":"Highlander Crusader Hammock with Tarp","description":"\u003ch2\u003eHighlander Crusader Hammock with Waterproof Tarp and Mosquito Net\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eA complete hammock camping system with integrated mosquito net and waterproof tarp. The \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/collections\/highlander-outdoors\" title=\"Highlander Outdoor Equipment and Camping Gear from Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\"\u003eHighlander\u003c\/a\u003e Crusader provides bug-free sleep off the ground with 2000mm hydrostatic head tarp for rain protection. Weighs 1.1kg and measures 275cm x 142cm with packed size of 32cm x 22cm x 12cm. Complete with hanging kit. Perfect for \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/pages\/hammock-camping\" title=\"Hammock Camping Guide and Equipment from Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\"\u003ehammock camping\u003c\/a\u003e, lightweight trekking, and bushcraft.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIntegrated Mosquito Net Keeps Out Midges and Insects\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe ultra-fine mosquito net keeps out midges, mosquitoes, and insects common in UK woodlands. Internal pockets store essentials within reach while sleeping.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003e2000mm Waterproof Tarp for UK Weather\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe elevated tarp features 2000mm hydrostatic head for reliable rain protection. The elevated design provides headroom and ventilation while keeping you dry.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSleep Off the Ground Leave No Trace\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eCamp anywhere there are trees or high anchor points without needing flat ground. This reduces environmental impact and enables leave-no-trace \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/collections\/hammocks\" title=\"Camping Hammocks and Hammock Accessories from Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\"\u003ehammock camping\u003c\/a\u003e in sensitive UK environments.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eComplete Hanging Kit Included\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe complete hanging kit provides secure attachment to trees without damaging bark. No need to purchase separate suspension systems.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003e275cm x 142cm for Diagonal Sleeping Position\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 275cm x 142cm dimensions enable diagonal sleeping position for flatter lay. The generous width and length accommodate taller users comfortably.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat Highlander Crusader Hammock Does Best\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Highlander Crusader excels at providing complete hammock camping shelter in one package. The integrated mosquito net provides bug-free sleep, the 2000mm waterproof tarp protects from rain, and the complete hanging kit enables immediate setup. At 1.1kg with 275cm x 142cm dimensions, this provides comprehensive shelter for lightweight trekking and bushcraft.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHighlander Crusader Hammock Limitations\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eRequires trees or high anchor points for setup, unsuitable for treeless environments. The 1.1kg weight is heavier than ultralight tarp and bivvy combinations.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCrusader vs DD Hammocks vs Hennessy Hammocks\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Highlander Crusader provides complete system with mosquito net and tarp weighing 1.1kg. \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/collections\/dd-hammocks\" title=\"DD Hammocks and Camping Tarps from Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\"\u003eDD Hammocks\u003c\/a\u003e offer modular systems where tarp and hammock are purchased separately for customizable setups. Hennessy Hammocks provide asymmetric design with integrated bug net. Choose Crusader when you want complete ready-to-use system at accessible price.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eRecommended Hammock Camping Equipment and Accessories\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eBrowse our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/pages\/gear\" title=\"Outdoor Gear and Equipment from Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\"\u003eOutdoor Gear\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/collections\/highlander-outdoors\" title=\"Highlander Outdoor Equipment and Camping Gear from Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\"\u003eHighlander Brand\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/pages\/hammock-camping\" title=\"Hammock Camping Guide and Equipment from Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\"\u003eHammock Camping Guide\u003c\/a\u003e, and \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/collections\/hammocks\" title=\"Camping Hammocks and Hammock Accessories from Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\"\u003eHammocks Collection\u003c\/a\u003e:\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/collections\/hammock-quilts-under-blankets\" title=\"Hammock Quilts and Under Blankets from Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\"\u003eHammock Quilts and Under Blankets\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e - Add insulation for cold weather hammock camping\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/collections\/camping-tarps\" title=\"Camping Tarps and Tarpaulins from Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\"\u003eCamping Tarps\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e - Upgrade to larger tarps for extended coverage or group setups\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/collections\/camping-sleep-shelter-starter-packages\" title=\"Camping Sleep and Shelter Starter Packages from Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\"\u003eSleep and Shelter Starter Packages\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e - Complete camping systems for beginners\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHighlander Crusader Hammock Technical Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eHammock Specifications\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 275cm x 142cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMosquito Net:\u003c\/strong\u003e Integrated ultra-fine mesh with internal pockets\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Durable nylon\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour:\u003c\/strong\u003e Olive green\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch4\u003eTarp Specifications\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWaterproof Rating:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2000mm hydrostatic head\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDesign:\u003c\/strong\u003e Elevated coverage with headroom\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Waterproof nylon\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch4\u003eSystem Specifications\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTotal Weight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.1kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePacked Size:\u003c\/strong\u003e 32cm x 22cm x 12cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIncluded:\u003c\/strong\u003e Hammock, mosquito net, tarp, complete hanging kit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat You Receive\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x Highlander Crusader Hammock with integrated mosquito net\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x Waterproof Tarp (2000mm hydrostatic head)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x Complete Hanging Kit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x Stuff Sack\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003ePersonal Guidance from Wylies Outdoor World Fife Scotland\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/pages\/gear\" title=\"Outdoor Gear and Equipment from Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\"\u003eWylies Outdoor World's\u003c\/a\u003e owner \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/blogs\/meet-our-team\/meet-drew-wylie\" title=\"Meet Drew Wylie from Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\"\u003eDrew\u003c\/a\u003e helps campers select appropriate hammock systems based on actual hammock camping experience. Whether comparing integrated systems versus modular setups or choosing between hammocks and tents, we provide guidance based on real-world use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eQuestions about hammock camping, mosquito net design, or tarp setup? \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/pages\/contact-us\" title=\"Contact Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\"\u003eContact us\u003c\/a\u003e for advice.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHighlander Crusader Hammock Common Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eIs this suitable for UK weather?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the 2000mm waterproof tarp provides reliable rain protection for UK weather. The elevated design maintains ventilation while keeping you dry.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDoes this include the hanging kit?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the complete hanging kit is included for immediate use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWill the mosquito net keep out Scottish midges?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the ultra-fine mosquito net keeps out midges, mosquitoes, and other small insects.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eIs 1.1kg too heavy for backpacking?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eAt 1.1kg for the complete system including tarp and mosquito net, this is reasonable for backpacking. Ultralight enthusiasts may prefer lighter options.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eCan I use this without trees?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, this requires trees or high anchor points for setup. For treeless environments, choose tent or bivvy shelter.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eHow do I sleep comfortably in a hammock?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eSleep diagonally across the hammock for flatter lay. The 142cm width enables diagonal sleeping position. Visit our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/pages\/hammock-camping\" title=\"Hammock Camping Guide and Equipment from Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\"\u003ehammock camping guide\u003c\/a\u003e for setup tips.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDo I need additional insulation?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor cold weather, add hammock quilts or under blankets from our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/collections\/hammock-quilts-under-blankets\" title=\"Hammock Quilts and Under Blankets from Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\"\u003einsulation collection\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWhat is the packed size?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe system packs to 32cm x 22cm x 12cm, fitting easily in backpacks.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Highlander","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48397709803822,"sku":"TA153","price":63.77,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0028\/5812\/3364\/files\/HighlanderCrusaderHammockandTarpfromWylie_sOutdoorWorldUKinuse.webp?v=1740074336"},{"product_id":"dd-campervan-tarp","title":"DD Campervan Tarp","description":"\u003ch2\u003eDD Campervan Tarp Removable Awning for Small Camper Vans\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003ca title=\"DD Hammocks Collection, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/collections\/dd-hammocks\"\u003eDD Hammocks\u003c\/a\u003e Campervan Tarp is a removable awning for small camper vans like VW campers, offering more flexibility than traditional fixed side awnings. This 2.5m x 2.5m tarp features both 6mm and 8mm beading to fit standard awning rails, UV50 Plus protection blocking 98% of UVA and UVB rays, and 3000mm waterproof rating. Weighs 1120g. Available in Olive Green only.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIMPORTANT: Poles sold separately. Requires 2 poles for overhead awning setup, optional 3rd pole for centre support.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDD Campervan Tarp Removable Awning More Flexible Than Fixed Awnings\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe removable design allows you to attach and remove the awning quickly without permanent installation. Traditional fixed side awnings remain attached to the camper van permanently, adding weight and wind resistance during driving. The DD Campervan Tarp packs into a stuff sack when not needed, reducing weight and improving fuel efficiency when driving.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe removable design also allows you to set up the awning only when you need covered outdoor space, rather than having a fixed awning that may not be useful in all camping situations. This flexibility makes the Campervan Tarp suitable for varied trips where you want the option of an awning without the commitment of permanent installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDD Campervan Tarp Fits 6mm and 8mm Beading Channels\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Campervan Tarp includes both 6mm and 8mm beading to fit standard awning rails on camper vans. The tarp has been designed and tested on a VW California T6.1, but fits any van or awning with 6mm or 8mm beading channels. The 8mm beading threads through the awning rail on the left-hand side of VW campers for overhead awning setup. The 6mm beading works as a side-wall in conjunction with built-in awnings.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe dual beading system provides versatility for different camper van configurations. Check your camper van's awning rail size before purchase to ensure compatibility. Most modern camper vans use either 6mm or 8mm beading channels, making the Campervan Tarp compatible with a wide range of vehicles.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDD Campervan Tarp Two Setup Options Overhead or Side-Wall\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eOverhead Awning Setup\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eThread the 8mm beading through the awning rail on the side of your camper van. The outward edge requires 2 poles for support, one at each corner. Guy out the poles to provide stability. An optional third pole can be placed in the centre of the tarp to give more headroom and aid water run-off on wet days. The whole setup takes only a few minutes once you have practiced the process.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eSide-Wall Setup\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eThread the 6mm beading into the channel on the edge of your existing awning. Peg out the bottom edge to the ground and attach the sides to the awning frame to secure it in place. This configuration creates an enclosed side-wall that blocks wind and provides privacy alongside your built-in awning.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDD Campervan Tarp UV50 Plus Protection for Hot Climates\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe UV50 Plus material blocks over 98% of UVA and UVB rays, providing sun protection when camping in hot climates or during long sunny days. The UV protection prevents skin damage during extended periods under the awning and helps the fabric resist degradation from constant sun exposure, extending the tarp's lifespan in sunny environments.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe UV50 Plus protection makes the Campervan Tarp particularly suitable for European summer trips, Mediterranean camping, or any situation where you spend extended time under the awning in direct sunlight. The protection works alongside the 3000mm waterproof rating to provide shelter from both sun and rain.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDD Campervan Tarp Size 2.5m x 2.5m for Small Camper Vans\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 2.5m x 2.5m dimensions provide 6.25 square metres of covered space alongside your camper van. This size works well for small camper vans like VW California, providing covered outdoor living space for cooking, dining, or relaxing without taking up excessive space at campsites.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe compact size when packed (stuff sack included) makes it easy to store inside the camper van without taking up valuable storage space. The 1120g weight is light enough to carry easily and does not significantly impact fuel efficiency when stored in the vehicle.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDD Campervan Tarp 3000mm Waterproof Rating\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 3000mm waterproof PU coating provides reliable protection from rain, allowing you to use the covered outdoor space even during wet weather. The waterproof rating is the same as DD camping tarps, proven through extensive field testing in UK weather conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe waterproof protection allows you to cook, eat, and relax under the awning during rain without getting wet. The optional centre pole helps water run-off, preventing pooling on the tarp surface during heavy rain.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDD Campervan Tarp Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSize\u003c\/strong\u003e - 2.5 metres x 2.5 metres\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCoverage\u003c\/strong\u003e - 6.25 square metres\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e - 1120g excluding pegs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e - UV50 Plus fabric with 3000mm waterproof rating\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUV Protection\u003c\/strong\u003e - Blocks over 98% of UVA and UVB rays\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBeading\u003c\/strong\u003e - Both 6mm and 8mm included\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e - Olive Green\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSetup Options\u003c\/strong\u003e - Overhead awning or side-wall\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIncluded\u003c\/strong\u003e - 2 pegs and guy lines, adjustable buckles for awning frames, stuff sack\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNOT Included\u003c\/strong\u003e - Poles (sold separately, requires 2 poles minimum, 3rd optional)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhen to Choose DD Campervan Tarp Over Fixed Awnings\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eChoose the removable Campervan Tarp when you want the flexibility to set up an awning only when needed. The removable design allows you to pack it away during driving, reducing weight and wind resistance compared to permanent fixed awnings.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eChoose the Campervan Tarp when you want a lightweight awning solution that packs small. The 1120g weight and compact stuff sack take up minimal storage space inside your camper van, leaving room for other camping gear.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eChoose the Campervan Tarp for European summer trips or hot climate camping where UV50 Plus protection matters. The UV blocking prevents skin damage and extends the tarp's lifespan in sunny conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eChoose fixed awnings when you want permanent installation and do not mind the added weight and wind resistance during driving. Fixed awnings provide quicker setup since they remain attached to the vehicle, but lack the flexibility of removable designs.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDD Campervan Tarp Complementary Equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003ePurchase 2 poles minimum for overhead awning setup (sold separately). A 3rd centre pole is optional but recommended for better headroom and water run-off. Use the included pegs and guy lines for securing the awning. The adjustable buckles (included) attach to awning frames for side-wall configurations.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDD Campervan Tarp Limitations to Consider\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Campervan Tarp requires poles (sold separately) for overhead awning setup. You need to purchase at least 2 poles, adding to the total system cost and weight. The setup takes a few minutes and requires practice to become efficient, whereas fixed awnings deploy more quickly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 2.5m x 2.5m size (6.25 square metres) provides adequate covered space for small camper vans but may feel tight for larger groups or extended outdoor living. Larger awnings provide more covered space but weigh more and pack larger.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe removable design requires setup and takedown each time you use it. Fixed awnings remain attached to the vehicle, providing quicker deployment but less flexibility. Choose based on whether you prioritize flexibility or convenience.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDD Campervan Tarp Care and Maintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eAllow the tarp to dry completely before packing into the stuff sack. The UV50 Plus fabric resists degradation from sun exposure, but storing the tarp dry prevents mildew growth. Rinse with clean water if dirty and hang to dry before packing.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eInspect the beading regularly for wear, as this is the part that threads through awning rails and experiences friction during setup. Check the adjustable buckles to ensure they function properly. Store the tarp loosely in its stuff sack when not in use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDD Campervan Tarp Advice from Wylies Outdoor World Fife Scotland\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ca title=\"Outdoor Gear and Equipment, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/pages\/gear\"\u003eWylies Outdoor World's\u003c\/a\u003e owner \u003ca title=\"Meet Drew Wylie, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/blogs\/meet-our-team\/meet-drew-wylie\"\u003eDrew\u003c\/a\u003e has personally tested every DD Hammocks product over almost a decade, using them 4 nights a week in the best and worst weather the UK has to offer. This extensive field testing provides real-world knowledge of when removable awnings make sense versus fixed installations.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eQuestions about whether the Campervan Tarp fits your vehicle or camping style? Need advice on pole options or setup configurations? \u003ca title=\"Contact Wylies Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003eContact us\u003c\/a\u003e for guidance based on years of hands-on experience with DD Hammocks equipment.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDD Campervan Tarp Frequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWhat size beading does my camper van need?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Campervan Tarp includes both 6mm and 8mm beading. Check your camper van's awning rail to determine which size you need. VW California uses 8mm for the main awning rail and 6mm for side-wall attachments to built-in awnings. Most modern camper vans use either 6mm or 8mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDoes the Campervan Tarp fit VW California?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the tarp has been designed and tested on VW California T6.1. It fits any van or awning with 6mm or 8mm beading channels, making it compatible with VW California and many other camper vans.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eHow many poles do I need?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYou need 2 poles minimum for overhead awning setup, one at each corner. A 3rd centre pole is optional but recommended for better headroom and water run-off during rain. Poles are sold separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eCan I use this as a side-wall with my existing awning?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, thread the 6mm beading into the channel on the edge of your existing awning, peg out the bottom, and attach the sides to the awning frame. This creates an enclosed side-wall that blocks wind and provides privacy.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWhat is UV50 Plus protection?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eUV50 Plus means the fabric blocks over 98% of UVA and UVB rays that cause sunburn and skin damage. This provides sun protection during extended periods under the awning and helps the fabric resist degradation from constant sun exposure.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eHow long does setup take?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eSetup takes a few minutes once you have practiced the process. Thread the beading through the awning rail, attach poles to the corners, and guy out for stability. The process becomes quicker with practice.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eIs the Campervan Tarp waterproof?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the 3000mm waterproof rating provides reliable protection from rain. This is the same waterproof rating as DD camping tarps, proven through extensive field testing in UK weather conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWhy choose a removable awning over a fixed awning?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eRemovable awnings pack away during driving, reducing weight and wind resistance compared to fixed awnings. This improves fuel efficiency and allows you to set up the awning only when needed. Fixed awnings provide quicker deployment but remain attached permanently.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"DD Hammocks","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54969228820866,"sku":"8567486547654","price":80.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0028\/5812\/3364\/files\/DDHammockscampervantarpinuse4.webp?v=1752076629"}],"url":"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/collections\/shelter.oembed?page=7","provider":"Wylies Outdoor World","version":"1.0","type":"link"}